Merge from trunk
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobdf19537688e1618aef4f9da427341ad331247d2b
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19640 47194))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
125 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19598 13691))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
312 the new one.
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
347 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
353 BODY...)
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
394 during preloading.
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
399 BODY...)
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
403 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
405 ;;;***
407 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
408 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
409 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19598 13691))
410 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
412 (autoload 'align "align" "\
413 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
414 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
415 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
416 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
417 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
418 rule's `separate' attribute).
420 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
421 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
422 `separate' attribute set.
424 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
425 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
426 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
427 on the format of these lists.
429 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
431 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
432 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
433 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
434 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
435 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
436 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
437 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
438 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
439 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
440 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
441 options.
443 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
444 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
446 Fred (123) 456-7890
447 Alice (123) 456-7890
448 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
449 Joe (123) 456-7890
451 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
452 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
453 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
455 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
457 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
464 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
466 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
474 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
476 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
484 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
486 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
489 \(fn)" t nil)
491 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
494 \(fn)" t nil)
496 ;;;***
498 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
499 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
500 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
502 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
504 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
506 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
510 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
512 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
514 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
516 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
518 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
522 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
524 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
526 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
528 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
535 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
536 \\<allout-mode-map>
538 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
539 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
540 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
542 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
543 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
544 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
545 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
546 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
547 outline.)
549 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
551 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
552 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
553 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
554 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
555 - easy topic encryption and decryption
556 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
557 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
558 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
560 and many other features.
562 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
563 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
564 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
565 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
566 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
568 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
569 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
570 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
571 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
572 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
573 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
574 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
575 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
577 Exposure Control:
578 ----------------
579 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
581 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
582 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
583 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
585 Navigation:
586 ----------
587 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
588 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
589 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
590 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
591 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
592 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
593 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
594 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
595 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
596 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
599 Topic Header Production:
600 -----------------------
601 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
602 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
603 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
605 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
606 ---------------------------------
607 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
608 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
609 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
610 current topic
611 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
612 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
613 are alternated according to nesting depth.
614 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
615 the offspring are not affected.
616 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
618 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
619 ----------------------------------
620 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
621 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
622 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
623 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
624 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
625 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
626 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
627 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
629 Topic-oriented Encryption:
630 -------------------------
631 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
632 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
634 Misc commands:
635 -------------
636 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
637 and establish a default file-var setting
638 for `allout-layout'.
639 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
640 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
641 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
642 buffer with name derived from derived from that
643 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
644 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
645 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
646 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
647 format.
648 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
649 auto-activation.
651 Topic Encryption
653 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
654 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
655 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
656 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
658 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
659 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
660 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
661 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
663 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
664 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
665 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
666 pitfalls.
668 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
669 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
670 for details.
672 HOT-SPOT Operation
674 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
675 navigation and exposure control.
677 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
678 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
679 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
680 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
681 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
683 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
684 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
685 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
686 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
687 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
689 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
690 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
691 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
692 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
693 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
694 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
695 at the beginning of the current entry.
697 Extending Allout
699 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
700 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
701 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
703 `allout-mode-hook'
704 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
705 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
706 `allout-structure-added-hook'
707 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
708 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
710 Terminology
712 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
714 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
715 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
716 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
717 CURRENT ITEM:
718 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
719 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
720 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
721 called the:
722 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
724 ANCESTORS:
725 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
726 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
727 of the ITEM.
728 OFFSPRING:
729 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
730 SUBTOPIC:
731 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
732 CHILD:
733 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
734 SIBLINGS:
735 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
737 Topic text constituents:
739 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
740 text.
741 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
742 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
743 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
744 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
745 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
746 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
747 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
748 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
749 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
750 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
751 the PREFIX.
753 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
754 of the ITEM.
755 PREFIX-LEAD:
756 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
757 It can be customized by changing the setting of
758 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
760 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
761 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
762 program code without interfering with processing of the text
763 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
764 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
765 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
766 docstring for more detail.
767 PREFIX-PADDING:
768 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
769 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
770 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
771 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
772 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
773 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
774 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
775 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
776 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
777 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
778 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
779 more details.
780 EXPOSURE:
781 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
782 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
783 CONCEALED:
784 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
785 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
787 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
788 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
789 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
791 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
793 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
795 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
796 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
798 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
799 setup for auto-startup.
801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
803 ;;;***
805 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
806 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19714 43298))
807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
809 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
811 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
812 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
813 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
814 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
815 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
816 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
818 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
820 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
821 Not documented
823 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
825 ;;;***
827 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
828 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19562 42953))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
831 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
832 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
833 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
834 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
835 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
836 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
837 in the current window.
839 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
841 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
842 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
843 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
845 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
847 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
848 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
849 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
851 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
853 ;;;***
855 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
856 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19714 43298))
857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
859 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
860 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
862 \(fn)" t nil)
864 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
865 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
867 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
868 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
869 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
870 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
872 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
873 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
875 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
877 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
879 ;;;***
881 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
882 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19714 43298))
883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
885 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
886 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
887 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
888 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
889 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
890 \\[yank].
892 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
893 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
894 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
895 the rules.
897 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
898 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
899 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
900 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
902 \(fn)" t nil)
904 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
905 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
907 \(fn)" t nil)
909 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
910 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
911 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
913 \(fn)" nil nil)
915 ;;;***
917 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
918 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
919 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
921 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
922 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
923 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
924 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
925 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
926 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
928 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
930 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
931 Toggle checking of appointments.
932 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
933 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
937 ;;;***
939 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
940 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
941 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19598 13691))
942 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
944 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
945 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
946 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
947 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
949 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
950 kind of objects to search.
952 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
954 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
955 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
956 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
957 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
958 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
959 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
961 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
962 normal variables.
964 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
966 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
968 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
969 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
970 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
971 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
972 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
973 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
975 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
976 noninteractive functions.
978 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
979 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
981 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
982 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
984 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
986 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
987 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
989 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
991 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
992 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
993 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
994 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
996 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
997 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
998 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
999 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1001 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1002 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1004 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1006 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1008 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1009 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1010 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1011 thus be found in `load-history'.
1013 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1015 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1016 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1017 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1018 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1019 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1020 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1022 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1023 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1024 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1026 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1028 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1029 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1030 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1031 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1032 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1033 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1035 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1036 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1037 bindings.
1038 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1040 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1042 ;;;***
1044 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19714
1045 ;;;;;; 43298))
1046 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1048 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1049 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1050 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1051 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1052 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1053 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1055 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1056 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1057 archive.
1059 \\{archive-mode-map}
1061 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1063 ;;;***
1065 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19714 43298))
1066 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1068 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1069 Major mode for editing arrays.
1071 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1072 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1073 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1075 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1077 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1078 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1079 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1081 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1082 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1083 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1084 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1085 The variables are:
1087 Variables you assign:
1088 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1089 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1090 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1091 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1092 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1093 row numbers in the buffer.
1095 Variables which are calculated:
1096 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1097 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1099 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1100 take a numeric prefix argument):
1102 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1103 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1104 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1105 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1107 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1108 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1109 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1110 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1112 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1113 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1114 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1115 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1117 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1118 between that of point and mark.
1120 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1121 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1123 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1124 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1125 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1126 newlines inside rows)
1128 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1130 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1132 \(fn)" t nil)
1134 ;;;***
1136 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19640
1137 ;;;;;; 47194))
1138 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1140 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1141 Toggle Artist mode.
1142 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1143 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1144 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1146 How to quit Artist mode
1148 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1151 How to submit a bug report
1153 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1156 Drawing with the mouse:
1158 mouse-2
1159 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1160 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1161 below).
1163 mouse-1
1164 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1165 or pastes:
1167 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1168 --------------------------------------------------------------
1169 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1170 to new point
1171 --------------------------------------------------------------
1172 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1173 --------------------------------------------------------------
1174 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1187 lines
1188 --------------------------------------------------------------
1189 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Paste Paste Paste
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1199 or diagonally.
1201 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1202 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1203 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1204 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1205 poly-lines.
1207 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1208 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1209 overwrite means the opposite.
1211 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1212 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1213 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1215 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1217 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1218 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1220 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1221 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1222 are currently drawing something.
1224 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1225 some time to fill.
1228 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1229 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1232 Settings
1234 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1236 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1238 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1240 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1242 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1243 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1245 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1248 Drawing with keys
1250 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1251 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1252 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1253 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1254 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1255 When pasting: Pastes
1257 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1259 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1261 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1262 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1263 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1264 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1265 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1266 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1269 Arrows
1271 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1272 of the line/poly-line
1274 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1275 of the line/poly-line
1278 Selecting operation
1280 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1282 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1283 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1284 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1285 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1286 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1289 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1290 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1291 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1292 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1293 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1294 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1295 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1296 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1297 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1298 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1299 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1301 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1304 Variables
1306 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1307 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1309 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1310 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1311 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1312 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1313 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1314 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1315 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1316 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1317 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1318 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1319 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1320 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1321 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1322 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1323 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1324 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1325 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1326 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1327 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1329 Hooks
1331 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1332 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1335 Keymap summary
1337 \\{artist-mode-map}
1339 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1341 ;;;***
1343 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19714
1344 ;;;;;; 43298))
1345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1347 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1348 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1349 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1351 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1352 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1353 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1354 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1356 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1357 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1359 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1360 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1362 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1364 Special commands:
1365 \\{asm-mode-map}
1367 \(fn)" t nil)
1369 ;;;***
1371 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1372 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
1373 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1375 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1376 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1377 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1379 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1381 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1382 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1383 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1384 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1385 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1386 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1387 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1388 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1389 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1390 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1392 For example:
1393 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1394 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1395 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1396 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1397 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1399 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1403 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1404 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1405 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1406 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1407 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1408 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1410 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1412 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1413 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1414 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1415 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1416 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1417 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1419 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1423 ;;;***
1425 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1426 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
1427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1429 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1430 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1432 \(fn)" t nil)
1434 ;;;***
1436 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1437 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19591 62571))
1438 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1440 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1441 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1442 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1444 \(fn)" t nil)
1446 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1447 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1449 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1451 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1453 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1454 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1455 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1458 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1460 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1462 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1463 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1464 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1465 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1467 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1468 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1472 ;;;***
1474 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1475 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1476 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
1477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1479 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1481 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1483 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1484 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1485 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1486 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1487 save the buffer too.
1489 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1491 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1493 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1494 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1495 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1496 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1497 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1498 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1500 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1501 directory or directories specified.
1503 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1505 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1506 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1507 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1509 \(fn)" nil nil)
1511 ;;;***
1513 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1514 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1515 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19562 42953))
1516 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1518 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1519 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1521 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1522 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1523 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1524 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1525 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1529 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1530 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1532 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1533 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1535 \(fn)" nil nil)
1537 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1538 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1539 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1541 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1542 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1543 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1544 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1545 reflected in the current buffer.
1547 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1548 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1549 writing before you save the file!
1551 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1556 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1558 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1559 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1561 \(fn)" nil nil)
1563 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1564 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1565 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1567 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1568 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1570 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1572 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1573 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1574 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1575 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1577 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1578 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1579 to revert a particular buffer.
1581 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1582 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1583 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1584 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1585 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1587 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1588 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1589 specifies in the mode line.
1591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1593 ;;;***
1595 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1596 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19714 43298))
1597 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1599 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1600 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1601 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1603 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1605 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1607 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1608 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1609 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1610 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1612 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1613 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1614 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1616 Effects of the different modes:
1617 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1618 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1619 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1620 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1621 a random distance & direction.
1622 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1623 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1624 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1626 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1628 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1629 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1630 definition of \"random distance\".)
1632 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1634 ;;;***
1636 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1637 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
1638 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1639 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1641 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1642 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1643 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1644 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1646 \(fn)" t nil)
1648 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1649 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1650 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1651 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1652 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1653 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1655 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1657 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1658 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1659 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1660 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1661 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1662 seconds.
1664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1666 ;;;***
1668 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1669 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19562 42953))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1672 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1673 Time execution of FORMS.
1674 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1675 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1676 FORMS once.
1677 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1678 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1679 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1681 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1683 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1684 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1685 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1686 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1687 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1689 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1691 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1692 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1693 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1694 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1695 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1697 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1699 ;;;***
1701 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1702 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19714 43298))
1703 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1705 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1706 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1707 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1708 of corresponding buffers.
1709 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1710 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1711 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1712 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1713 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1714 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1716 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1718 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1719 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1721 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1723 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1724 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1725 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1726 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1728 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1729 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1730 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1731 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1732 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1734 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1735 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1738 Special information:
1740 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1742 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1743 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1744 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1745 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1746 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1747 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1748 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1749 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1750 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1751 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1752 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1754 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1755 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1756 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1757 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1758 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1759 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1760 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1761 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1763 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1765 ----------------------------------------------------------
1766 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1767 if that value is non-nil.
1769 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1771 \(fn)" t nil)
1773 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1774 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1775 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1776 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1777 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1778 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1779 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1780 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1781 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1782 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1784 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1786 ;;;***
1788 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1789 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1792 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1793 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1795 \(fn)" t nil)
1797 ;;;***
1799 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1800 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1801 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
1802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1804 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1806 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1807 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1808 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1810 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1812 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1813 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1815 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1817 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1818 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1822 ;;;***
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19562
1825 ;;;;;; 42953))
1826 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1828 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1829 Play blackbox.
1830 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1832 What is blackbox?
1834 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1835 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1836 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1837 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1838 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1839 your score.
1841 Overview of play:
1843 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1844 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1845 four.
1847 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1848 movement keys.
1850 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1851 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1853 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1854 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1856 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1857 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1858 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1859 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1860 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1861 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1863 Details:
1865 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1867 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1868 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1869 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1870 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1872 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1873 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1874 denoted by the letter `R'.
1876 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1877 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1878 denoted by the letter `H'.
1880 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1881 example.
1883 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1884 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1885 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1886 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1887 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1888 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1889 ray.
1891 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1892 degree deflection it causes.
1895 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1896 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1897 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1898 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1899 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1901 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1902 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1905 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1906 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1910 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1911 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1912 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1913 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1914 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1918 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1919 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1920 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1921 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1922 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1923 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1924 emerging from the box.
1926 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1928 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1933 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1937 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1938 a reflection.
1940 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1942 ;;;***
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1945 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1946 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1947 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1948 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19717 39999))
1949 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1950 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1951 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1952 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1954 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1955 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1956 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1957 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1958 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1959 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1960 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1962 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1963 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1964 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1966 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1967 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1968 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1969 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1970 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1971 recent one.
1973 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1974 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1975 yank successive words.
1977 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1978 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1979 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1980 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1981 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1983 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1984 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1985 the list of bookmarks.)
1987 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1989 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1990 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1991 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1992 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1993 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1994 this.
1996 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1997 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1998 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1999 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2001 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2002 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2004 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2005 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2006 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2008 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2010 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2011 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2016 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2018 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2019 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2020 after a bookmark was set in it.
2022 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2024 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2025 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2027 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2028 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2030 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2032 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2034 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2035 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2036 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2037 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2039 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2040 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2041 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2043 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2044 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2045 name.
2047 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2049 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2050 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2051 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2053 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2054 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2055 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2056 this.
2058 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2060 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2061 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2063 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2064 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2065 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2066 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2067 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2068 probably because we were called from there.
2070 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2072 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2073 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2074 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2076 \(fn)" t nil)
2078 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2079 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2080 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2081 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2082 \(second argument).
2084 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2085 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2086 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2087 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2088 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2090 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2091 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2092 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2093 `bookmark-default-file'.
2095 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2097 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2098 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2099 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2100 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2101 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2102 while loading.
2104 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2105 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2106 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2107 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2108 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2109 explicitly.
2111 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2112 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2113 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2114 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2116 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2118 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2119 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2120 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2121 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2122 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2124 \(fn)" t nil)
2126 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2128 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2130 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2131 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2133 \(fn)" t nil)
2135 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2137 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2139 ;;;***
2141 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2142 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2143 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2144 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2146 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2147 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2149 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
2150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2152 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2153 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2154 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2155 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2157 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2158 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2159 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2160 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2161 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2163 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2165 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2166 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2167 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2168 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2169 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2170 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2172 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2174 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2175 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2176 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2177 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2178 narrowed.
2180 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2182 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2183 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2185 \(fn)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2190 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2193 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2194 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2195 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2196 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2197 first, if that exists.
2199 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2202 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2203 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2204 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2208 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2209 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2210 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2211 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2212 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2213 to use.
2215 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2217 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2218 Not documented
2220 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2222 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2223 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2224 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2225 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2227 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2228 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2229 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2230 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2232 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2233 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2234 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2236 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2237 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2239 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2241 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2242 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2243 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2244 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2246 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2247 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2248 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2249 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2251 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2252 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2253 new tab in an existing window instead.
2255 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2256 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2258 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2260 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2261 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2262 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2263 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2264 Firefox.
2266 When called interactively, if variable
2267 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2268 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2269 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2270 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2272 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2273 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2274 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2276 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2277 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2280 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2281 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2282 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2283 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2284 URL in a new window.
2286 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2288 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2289 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2290 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2291 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2293 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2294 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2295 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2296 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2299 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2300 new tab in an existing window instead.
2302 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2303 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2307 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2308 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2310 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2312 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2313 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2314 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2315 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2317 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2318 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2319 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2320 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2322 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2323 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2325 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2327 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2330 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2331 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2332 program is invoked according to the variable
2333 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2337 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2338 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2347 Default to the URL around or before point.
2349 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2350 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2351 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2355 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2356 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point.
2367 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2368 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2369 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2372 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2378 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2379 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2381 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2385 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2386 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2387 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2388 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2394 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2395 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2396 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2400 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2401 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2409 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2410 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2411 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2412 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2413 current one.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2417 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2418 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2428 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2429 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2430 don't offer a form of remote control.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point.
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2442 Default to the URL around the point.
2444 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2445 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2447 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2448 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452 ;;;***
2454 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19562
2455 ;;;;;; 42953))
2456 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2458 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2459 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2461 \(fn)" t nil)
2463 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2464 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2466 \(fn)" nil nil)
2468 ;;;***
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2471 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19562 42953))
2472 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2474 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2475 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2476 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2477 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2479 \(fn)" t nil)
2481 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2482 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2483 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2484 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2486 \(fn)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2489 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2491 \(fn)" t nil)
2493 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2494 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2495 \\<bs-mode-map>
2496 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2497 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2498 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2499 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2501 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2502 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2503 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2504 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2505 name of buffer configuration.
2507 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2509 ;;;***
2511 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19619 52030))
2512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2514 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2515 Play Bubbles game.
2516 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2517 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2518 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2519 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2520 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2521 columns on its right towards the left.
2523 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2524 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2525 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2526 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2528 \(fn)" t nil)
2530 ;;;***
2532 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2533 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19562 42953))
2534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2536 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2538 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2539 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2544 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2548 ;;;***
2550 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2551 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2552 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2553 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2554 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19737 17936))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2556 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2557 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2558 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2560 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2562 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2563 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2564 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2565 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2566 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2567 else the global value will be modified.
2569 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2571 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2572 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2573 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2574 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2575 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2576 else the global value will be modified.
2578 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2580 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2581 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2584 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2587 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2588 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2589 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2591 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2592 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2593 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2594 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2595 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2596 before scanning it.
2598 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2599 that already has a `.elc' file.
2601 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2602 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2604 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2605 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2606 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2607 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2608 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2609 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2611 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2614 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2615 Print the result in the echo area.
2616 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2620 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2621 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2622 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2624 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2626 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2627 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2628 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2629 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2630 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2631 all functions called by those functions.
2633 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2634 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2635 cons, etc.).
2637 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2638 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2639 invoked interactively.
2641 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2643 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2644 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2645 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2646 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2648 \(fn)" nil nil)
2650 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2651 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2652 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2653 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2654 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2655 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2656 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2657 already up-to-date.
2659 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2661 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2662 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2663 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2664 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2666 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2667 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2668 and corresponding effects.
2670 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2672 ;;;***
2674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19598
2675 ;;;;;; 13691))
2676 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2678 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2680 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2682 ;;;***
2684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19598 13691))
2685 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2687 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2689 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2691 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2693 ;;;***
2695 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2696 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2699 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2700 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2701 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2702 from the cursor position.
2704 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2706 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2708 ;;;***
2710 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2711 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2712 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19591
2713 ;;;;;; 62571))
2714 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2715 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2717 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2722 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2723 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2725 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2727 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2728 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2730 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2732 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2733 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2735 \(fn)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2738 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2739 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2740 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2742 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2744 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2745 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2746 This is most useful in the X window system.
2747 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2748 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2750 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2752 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2753 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2754 See calc-keypad for details.
2756 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2758 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2759 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2761 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2764 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2766 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2768 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2769 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2771 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2774 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2775 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2777 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2780 Define Calc function.
2782 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2783 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2784 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2786 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2787 actual Lisp function name.
2789 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2791 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2793 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2795 ;;;***
2797 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19619
2798 ;;;;;; 52030))
2799 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2801 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2802 Run the Emacs calculator.
2803 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2805 \(fn)" t nil)
2807 ;;;***
2809 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19714
2810 ;;;;;; 43298))
2811 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2813 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2814 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2815 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2816 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2817 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2818 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2820 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2821 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2822 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2823 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2824 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2825 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2826 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2827 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2828 window.
2830 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2831 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2833 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2834 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2835 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2836 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2837 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2838 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2840 Runs the following hooks:
2842 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2843 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2844 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2845 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2847 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2851 ;;;***
2853 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2854 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19598 13691))
2855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2857 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2858 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2860 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2862 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2863 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2864 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2865 it fails.
2867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2869 ;;;***
2871 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2872 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
2873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2875 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2876 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2878 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2879 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2880 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2881 restriction to ASCII.
2883 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2885 capitalizedWorDD
2886 ^ ^ ^^
2888 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2889 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2890 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2892 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2893 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2894 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2895 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2896 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2897 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2898 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2900 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2901 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2905 ;;;***
2907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19598
2908 ;;;;;; 13691))
2909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2910 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2912 ;;;***
2914 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2915 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
2916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2918 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2919 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2921 \(fn)" nil nil)
2923 ;;;***
2925 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2926 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2927 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
2928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2930 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2931 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2932 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2933 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2934 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2935 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2936 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2938 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2940 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2941 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2942 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2943 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2944 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2945 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2946 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2947 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2948 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2949 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2951 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2952 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2953 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2954 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2955 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2956 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2958 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2960 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2961 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2963 Key bindings:
2964 \\{c-mode-map}
2966 \(fn)" t nil)
2968 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2969 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2971 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2972 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2973 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2974 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2975 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2976 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2977 message.
2979 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2981 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2982 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2984 Key bindings:
2985 \\{c++-mode-map}
2987 \(fn)" t nil)
2989 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2990 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2991 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
2993 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2994 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2995 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2996 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2997 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2998 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2999 message.
3001 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3003 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3004 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3006 Key bindings:
3007 \\{objc-mode-map}
3009 \(fn)" t nil)
3011 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3012 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3013 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3015 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3016 Major mode for editing Java code.
3017 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3018 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3019 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3020 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3021 message.
3023 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3025 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3026 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3028 Key bindings:
3029 \\{java-mode-map}
3031 \(fn)" t nil)
3033 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3034 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3035 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3037 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3038 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3039 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3040 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3041 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3042 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3043 message.
3045 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3047 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3048 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3050 Key bindings:
3051 \\{idl-mode-map}
3053 \(fn)" t nil)
3055 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3056 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3057 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3058 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3060 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3061 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3062 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3063 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3064 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3065 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3066 message.
3068 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3070 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3071 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3073 Key bindings:
3074 \\{pike-mode-map}
3076 \(fn)" t nil)
3077 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3078 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3080 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3081 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3082 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3084 ;;;***
3086 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3087 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19714 43298))
3088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3090 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3091 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3092 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3093 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3095 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3097 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3098 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3099 might get set too.
3101 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3102 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3103 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3104 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3105 way.
3107 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3108 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3109 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3110 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3111 a null operation.
3113 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3115 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3116 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3117 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3118 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3120 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3122 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3123 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3124 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3126 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3128 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3129 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3130 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3131 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3132 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3134 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3136 ;;;***
3138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19598 13691))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3140 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3141 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3142 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3144 ;;;***
3146 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3147 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3148 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
3149 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3151 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3152 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3154 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3156 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3157 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3159 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3161 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3162 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3164 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3165 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3166 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3167 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3168 execution.
3170 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3172 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3174 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3175 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3177 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3178 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3179 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3180 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3182 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3183 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3184 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3185 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3186 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3187 `write' commands.
3189 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3190 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3191 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3192 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3194 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3195 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3196 semantics.
3198 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3200 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3202 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3204 STATEMENT :=
3205 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3206 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3208 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3209 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3210 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3211 | integer
3213 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3215 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3216 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3217 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3219 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3220 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3221 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3223 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3224 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3226 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3227 BREAK := (break)
3229 REPEAT :=
3230 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3231 (repeat)
3232 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3233 ;; (repeat))
3234 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3235 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3236 ;; (read REG)
3237 ;; (repeat))
3238 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3239 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3240 ;; (read REG)
3241 ;; (repeat))
3242 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3244 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3245 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3246 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3247 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3248 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3249 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3250 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3251 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3252 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3253 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3254 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3255 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3256 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3257 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3258 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3259 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3261 WRITE :=
3262 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3263 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3264 ;; representation.
3265 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3266 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3267 ;; (write r7))
3268 | (write EXPRESSION)
3269 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3270 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3271 ;; representation.
3272 | (write integer)
3273 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3274 ;; buffer.
3275 | (write string)
3276 ;; Same as: (write string)
3277 | string
3278 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3279 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3280 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3281 ;; representation.
3282 | (write REG ARRAY)
3283 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3284 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3285 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3286 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3287 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3288 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3290 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3291 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3293 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3294 END := (end)
3296 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3297 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3298 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3300 ARG := REG | integer
3302 OPERATOR :=
3303 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3304 + | - | * | / | %
3306 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3307 | & | `|' | ^
3309 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3310 | << | >>
3312 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3313 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3314 | <8
3316 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3317 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3318 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3319 | >8
3321 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3322 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3323 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3324 | //
3326 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3327 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3329 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3330 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3331 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3332 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3333 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3334 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3335 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3336 | de-sjis
3338 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3339 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3340 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3341 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3342 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3343 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3344 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3345 ;; byte of SJIS.
3346 | en-sjis
3348 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3349 ;; Same meaning as C code
3350 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3352 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3353 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3354 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3355 | <8=
3357 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3358 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3359 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3361 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3362 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3363 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3364 | //=
3366 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3369 TRANSLATE :=
3370 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3371 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3372 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3373 LOOKUP :=
3374 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3375 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3376 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3377 MAP :=
3378 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3379 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3380 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3381 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3382 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3383 MAP-ID := integer
3385 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3387 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3389 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3390 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3391 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3392 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3393 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3394 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3396 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3398 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3399 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3400 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3402 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3404 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3406 ;;;***
3408 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3409 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
3410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3412 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3413 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3414 There are no special keybindings by default.
3416 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3417 to the action header.
3419 \(fn)" t nil)
3421 ;;;***
3423 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3424 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19562 42953))
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3427 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3428 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3429 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3431 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3433 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3434 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3435 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3437 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3439 ;;;***
3441 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3442 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3443 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3444 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3445 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3446 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3447 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3448 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3449 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19714 43298))
3450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3451 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3452 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3453 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3454 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3455 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3457 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3458 Not documented
3460 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3462 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3463 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3464 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3465 the users will view as each check is completed.
3467 \(fn)" t nil)
3469 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3470 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3471 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3472 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3473 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3474 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3475 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3476 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3478 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3480 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3481 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3482 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3483 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3484 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3485 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3486 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3487 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3489 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3491 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3492 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3493 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3494 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3495 spacing are all verified.
3497 \(fn)" t nil)
3499 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3500 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3501 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3502 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3503 otherwise stop after the first error.
3505 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3507 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3508 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3509 Only documentation strings are checked.
3510 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3511 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3512 a separate buffer.
3514 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3517 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3518 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3519 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3520 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3522 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3524 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3525 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3526 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3527 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3528 if there is one.
3530 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3532 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3533 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3534 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3535 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3536 if there is one.
3537 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3541 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3542 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3543 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3545 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3547 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3548 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3549 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3550 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3551 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3553 \(fn)" t nil)
3555 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3556 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3557 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3558 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3559 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3560 space at the end of each line.
3562 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3564 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3565 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3566 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3569 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3571 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3572 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3573 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3574 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3576 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3578 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3579 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3580 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3581 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3583 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3585 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3586 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3587 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3588 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3590 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3593 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3594 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3595 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3599 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3600 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3601 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3602 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3607 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3608 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3609 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3611 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3615 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3628 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3629 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3630 turn it off.
3632 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3633 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3634 checking of documentation strings.
3636 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3640 ;;;***
3642 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3643 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3644 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19562 42953))
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3647 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3648 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3649 Return the length of resulting text.
3651 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3653 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3654 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3656 \(fn)" t nil)
3658 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3659 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3660 Return the length of resulting text.
3662 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3664 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3665 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3667 \(fn)" t nil)
3669 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3670 Not documented
3672 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3674 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3675 Not documented
3677 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3679 ;;;***
3681 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3682 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19562 42953))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3685 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3686 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3687 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3688 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3689 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3690 editing and the result is evaluated.
3692 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3694 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3695 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3696 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3697 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3698 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3700 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3702 \(fn)" t nil)
3704 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3705 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3706 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3707 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3708 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3710 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3711 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3712 \\{command-history-map}
3714 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3715 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3717 \(fn)" t nil)
3719 ;;;***
3721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19640 47194))
3722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3724 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3725 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3726 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3727 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3728 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3729 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3731 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3732 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3734 ;;;***
3736 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3737 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
3738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3740 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3741 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3742 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3743 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3744 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3745 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3746 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3747 of this function.
3749 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3750 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3751 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3752 property are:
3754 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3755 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3757 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3758 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3759 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3760 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3761 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3762 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3763 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3764 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3765 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3766 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3767 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3768 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3770 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3771 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3772 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3774 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3775 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3776 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3777 list elements are:
3779 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3781 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3783 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3785 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3786 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3788 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3789 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3791 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3792 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3793 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3794 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3795 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3796 value specified by their associated list element.
3798 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3800 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3801 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3802 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3804 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3805 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3806 * indent the first argument by 4.
3807 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3808 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3809 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3811 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3813 ;;;***
3815 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3816 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
3817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3819 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3820 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3821 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3822 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3824 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3825 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3826 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3827 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3829 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3830 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3832 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3834 ;;;***
3836 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19562
3837 ;;;;;; 42953))
3838 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3840 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3841 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3842 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3843 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3844 of `scheme-program-name').
3845 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3846 it is given as initial input.
3847 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3848 discards input when it starts up.
3849 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3850 is run).
3851 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3853 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3854 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3856 ;;;***
3858 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3859 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3860 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3861 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
3862 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3864 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3865 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3866 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3867 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3868 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3869 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3870 functions have already modified the buffer.
3872 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3874 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3875 either globally or locally.")
3877 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3878 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3879 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3880 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3881 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3882 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3883 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3884 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3885 process as its initial input.
3887 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3889 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3891 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3893 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3894 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3895 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3896 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3897 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3898 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3899 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3900 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3901 process as its initial input.
3903 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3905 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3907 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3909 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3910 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3911 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3912 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3913 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3914 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3916 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3918 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3919 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3920 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3921 directory tracking functions.")
3923 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3924 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3925 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3927 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3929 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3932 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3933 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3935 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3937 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3940 Send COMMAND to current process.
3941 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3942 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3944 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3946 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3947 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3948 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3949 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3951 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3953 ;;;***
3955 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
3956 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
3959 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3960 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3961 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3962 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3964 This command pushes the mark in each window
3965 at the prior location of point in that window.
3966 If both windows display the same buffer,
3967 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3968 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3970 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3971 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3972 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3973 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3974 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3975 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3976 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3977 ignored.
3979 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3980 this command work in interlaced mode:
3981 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3982 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3983 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3985 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3987 ;;;***
3989 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3990 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3991 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3992 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3993 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19714
3994 ;;;;;; 43298))
3995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3997 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3998 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4000 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4002 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4003 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4004 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4005 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4006 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4007 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4008 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4010 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4012 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4013 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4015 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4017 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4018 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4019 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4020 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4021 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4022 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4023 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4025 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4026 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4027 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4028 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4029 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4031 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4032 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4033 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4034 describing how the process finished.")
4036 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4037 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4038 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4039 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4040 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4042 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4043 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4044 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4046 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4048 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4049 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4050 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4051 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4053 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4055 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4056 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4058 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4059 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4061 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4062 (lambda ()
4063 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4064 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4065 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4066 (concat \"make -k \"
4067 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4069 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4070 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4072 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4073 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4074 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4075 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4077 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4079 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4080 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4081 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4082 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4084 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4085 and move to the source code that caused it.
4087 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4088 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4090 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4091 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4092 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4093 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4095 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4096 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4097 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4098 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4100 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4101 kills its subprocesses.
4103 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4104 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4105 to a function that generates a unique name.
4107 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4109 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4110 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4111 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4112 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4114 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4115 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4117 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4118 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4119 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4120 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4122 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4123 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4124 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4126 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4128 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4130 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4131 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4132 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4133 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4134 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4136 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4138 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4140 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4142 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4143 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4144 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4145 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4146 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4147 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4148 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4152 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4153 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4154 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4155 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4156 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4157 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4161 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4162 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4163 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4165 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4167 ;;;***
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4170 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4173 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4174 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4175 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4177 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4178 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4180 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4182 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4183 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4187 ;;;***
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4190 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4191 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4192 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4195 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4196 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4197 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4198 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4199 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4200 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4201 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4203 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4204 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4205 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4207 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4208 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4209 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4211 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4212 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4213 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4214 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4216 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4217 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4218 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4219 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4220 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4221 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4222 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4224 \\{conf-mode-map}
4226 \(fn)" t nil)
4228 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4229 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4230 Comments start with `#'.
4231 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4233 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4235 \[Desktop Entry]
4236 Encoding=UTF-8
4237 Name=The GIMP
4238 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4239 Name[cs]=GIMP
4241 \(fn)" t nil)
4243 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4244 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4245 Comments start with `;'.
4246 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4248 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4250 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4251 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4252 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4254 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4255 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4257 \(fn)" t nil)
4259 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4260 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4261 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4262 between `/*' and `*/'.
4263 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4265 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4266 // another kind of comment
4267 /* yet another */
4269 name:value
4270 name=value
4271 name value
4272 x.1 =
4273 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4274 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4276 \(fn)" t nil)
4278 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4279 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4280 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4281 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4282 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4283 `conf-space-keywords'.
4284 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4285 in an interactive fashion instead.
4287 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4289 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4291 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4292 image/png png
4293 image/tiff tiff tif
4295 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4296 class desktop
4297 # Standard multimedia devices
4298 add /dev/audio desktop
4299 add /dev/mixer desktop
4301 \(fn)" t nil)
4303 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4304 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4305 See `conf-space-mode'.
4307 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4309 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4310 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4311 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4312 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4314 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4316 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4317 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4319 \(fn)" t nil)
4321 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4322 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4323 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4324 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4326 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4328 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4329 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4331 \(fn)" t nil)
4333 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4334 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4335 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4336 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4338 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4340 *background: gray99
4341 *foreground: black
4343 \(fn)" t nil)
4345 ;;;***
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4348 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19598 13691))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4351 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4352 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4353 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4354 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4356 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4358 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4359 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4360 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4361 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4363 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4365 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4366 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4367 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4368 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4370 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4372 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4373 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4375 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4377 ;;;***
4379 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4380 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19598
4381 ;;;;;; 13691))
4382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4384 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4385 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4386 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4387 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4388 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4389 following the copyright are updated as well.
4390 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4391 interactively.
4393 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4395 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4396 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4397 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4399 \(fn)" t nil)
4401 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4402 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4404 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4406 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4407 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4409 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4411 ;;;***
4413 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4414 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19714 43298))
4415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4416 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4417 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4418 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4419 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4420 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4421 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4422 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4424 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4425 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4426 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4427 Tab indents for Perl code.
4428 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4431 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4432 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4433 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4434 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4435 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4436 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4437 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4438 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4439 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4440 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4441 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4442 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4444 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4446 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4447 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4449 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4451 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4452 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4453 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4454 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4455 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4456 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4457 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4458 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4459 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4461 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4463 bite if angry;
4465 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4466 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4467 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4468 to nil.)
4470 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4471 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4472 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4474 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4476 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4477 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4478 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4479 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4480 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4482 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4484 if (A) { B }
4486 into
4488 B if A;
4490 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4492 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4493 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4494 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4495 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4496 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4497 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4498 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4499 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4500 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4501 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4502 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4503 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4504 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4506 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4507 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4508 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4509 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4510 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4511 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4513 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4514 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4515 man via menu.
4517 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4518 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4519 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4520 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4521 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4523 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4524 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4525 span the needed amount of lines.
4527 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4528 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4529 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4530 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4532 Variables controlling indentation style:
4533 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4534 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4535 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4536 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4537 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4538 `cperl-auto-newline'
4539 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4540 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4541 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4542 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4543 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4544 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4545 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4546 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4547 `cperl-indent-level'
4548 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4549 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4550 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4551 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4552 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4553 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4554 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4555 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4556 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4557 `cperl-brace-offset'
4558 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4559 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4560 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4561 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4562 `cperl-label-offset'
4563 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4564 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4565 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4567 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4568 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4569 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4570 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4571 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4572 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4574 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4575 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4576 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4577 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4579 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4580 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4581 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4582 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4583 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4584 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4585 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4587 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4588 column 0 is indented on
4589 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4591 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4592 with no args.
4594 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4595 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4596 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4598 \(fn)" t nil)
4600 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4601 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4603 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4605 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4606 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 ;;;***
4612 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4613 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
4614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4616 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4617 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4618 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4619 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4620 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4622 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4625 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4629 ;;;***
4631 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4632 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
4633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4635 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4636 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4637 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4638 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4641 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4643 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4645 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4646 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4647 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4651 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4653 ;;;***
4655 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4656 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4657 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4659 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4660 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4661 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4662 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4664 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4665 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4666 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4667 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4669 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4670 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4671 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4673 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4674 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4675 'bob', and 'eve'.
4677 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4678 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4679 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4681 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4683 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4684 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4685 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4687 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4689 ;;;***
4691 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19619
4692 ;;;;;; 52030))
4693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4695 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4696 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4700 ;;;***
4702 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4703 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
4704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4706 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4707 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4708 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4710 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4711 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4713 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4715 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4716 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4717 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4718 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4719 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4721 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4722 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4723 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4724 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4725 function of these prefix keys.
4727 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4728 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4729 options:
4730 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4731 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4732 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4734 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4735 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4736 the prefix fallback behavior.
4738 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4739 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4740 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4741 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4745 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4746 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4750 ;;;***
4752 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4753 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4754 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4755 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4756 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4757 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4758 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4759 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4760 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4761 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4762 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
4763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4765 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4766 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4768 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4770 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4771 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4773 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4775 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4776 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4778 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4779 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4781 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4782 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4784 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4785 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4787 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4788 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4790 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4792 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4794 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4795 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4796 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4798 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4799 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4801 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4802 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4804 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4805 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4807 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4809 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4811 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4812 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4813 Return VALUE.
4815 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4816 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4818 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4819 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4821 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4822 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4824 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4826 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4828 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4829 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4830 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4831 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4832 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4834 \(fn)" t nil)
4836 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4837 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4838 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4839 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4841 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4843 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4844 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4846 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4848 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4849 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4851 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4853 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4855 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4856 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4858 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4860 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4862 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4863 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4864 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4866 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4868 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4869 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4870 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4871 as part of Emacs itself.
4873 Each elements looks like this:
4875 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4877 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4878 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4879 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4880 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4881 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4882 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4883 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4884 and `defface'.
4886 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4888 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4889 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4890 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4891 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4892 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4894 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4895 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4896 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4897 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4899 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4901 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4902 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4903 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4904 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4905 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4907 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4908 that were added or redefined since that version.
4910 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4912 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4913 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4914 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4915 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4917 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4918 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4920 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4922 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4923 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4924 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4926 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4927 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4929 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4931 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4932 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4934 \(fn)" t nil)
4936 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4937 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4939 \(fn)" t nil)
4941 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4942 Customize all already saved user options.
4944 \(fn)" t nil)
4946 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
4948 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
4949 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
4950 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
4951 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
4953 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
4954 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
4955 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
4956 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4957 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4958 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4960 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
4962 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
4963 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
4964 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
4965 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
4967 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4969 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
4970 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
4972 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4974 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
4975 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
4977 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4979 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
4980 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4981 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4982 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4983 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4984 that option.
4986 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4988 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4989 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
4990 The result includes selecting that window.
4991 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4992 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4993 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4994 that option.
4996 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4998 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
4999 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5001 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5003 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5004 File used for storing customization information.
5005 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5006 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5007 it should be an absolute file name.
5009 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5010 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5011 something like the following in your init file:
5013 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5014 \(load custom-file)
5016 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5017 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5019 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5020 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5021 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5022 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5023 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5025 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5026 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5027 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5028 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5029 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5030 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5031 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5032 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5033 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5034 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5036 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5038 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5039 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5041 \(fn)" nil nil)
5043 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5044 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5046 \(fn)" t nil)
5048 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5049 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5050 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5052 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5054 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5055 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5056 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5057 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5058 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5060 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5062 ;;;***
5064 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme customize-create-theme)
5065 ;;;;;; "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19714 43298))
5066 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5068 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5069 Create or edit a custom theme.
5070 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5071 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5072 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5073 named *Custom Theme*.
5075 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5077 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5078 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5080 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5082 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5083 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5084 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5085 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5087 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5089 ;;;***
5091 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5092 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
5093 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5095 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5096 Mode used for cvs status output.
5098 \(fn)" t nil)
5100 ;;;***
5102 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5103 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19598 13691))
5104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5106 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5107 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5109 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5111 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5112 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5113 C++ modes are included.
5115 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5119 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5120 Turn on CWarn mode.
5122 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5123 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5125 \(fn)" nil nil)
5127 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5128 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5129 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5130 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5131 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5132 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5134 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5136 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5137 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5138 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5139 ARG is positive.
5140 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5141 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5142 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5146 ;;;***
5148 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5149 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5150 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
5151 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5153 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5154 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5156 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5158 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5159 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5161 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5163 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5164 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5165 For readability, the table is slightly
5166 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5168 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5169 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5170 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5171 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5172 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5174 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5176 ;;;***
5178 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5179 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
5180 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5181 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5182 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5183 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5184 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5186 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5187 Completion on current word.
5188 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5189 and presents suggestions for completion.
5191 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5192 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5193 completions.
5195 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5196 then it searches *all* buffers.
5198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5200 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5201 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5203 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5204 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5205 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5206 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5207 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5209 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5210 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5212 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5213 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5214 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5216 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5217 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5219 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5221 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5223 ;;;***
5225 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5226 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
5227 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5229 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5230 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5232 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5234 ;;;***
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19714
5237 ;;;;;; 43298))
5238 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5240 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5241 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5242 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5243 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5244 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5246 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5248 ;;;***
5250 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19714
5251 ;;;;;; 43298))
5252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5254 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5255 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5257 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5258 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5259 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5261 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5262 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5263 Data lines are not indented.
5265 Key bindings:
5267 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5268 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5270 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5271 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5272 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5273 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5275 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5277 dcl-basic-offset
5278 Extra indentation within blocks.
5280 dcl-continuation-offset
5281 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5283 dcl-margin-offset
5284 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5286 dcl-margin-label-offset
5287 Indentation for a label.
5289 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5290 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5292 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5293 dcl-block-end-regexp
5294 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5295 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5296 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5297 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5298 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5300 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5301 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5302 Two such functions are included in the package:
5303 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5304 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5306 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5307 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5308 One such function is included in the package:
5309 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5311 dcl-tab-always-indent
5312 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5313 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5314 margin.
5316 dcl-electric-characters
5317 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5318 typed.
5320 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5321 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5322 which words trigger electric indentation.
5324 dcl-tempo-comma
5325 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5326 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5327 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5329 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5330 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5331 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5332 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5334 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5335 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5336 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5337 dcl-imenu-label-call
5338 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5340 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5341 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5342 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5343 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5346 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5348 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5349 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5350 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5351 $ i = 1
5352 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5353 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5354 $ label:
5355 $ if i.eq.1
5356 $ then
5357 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5358 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5359 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5360 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5361 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5362 \"lined up with the command line\"
5363 $ type sys$input
5364 Data lines are not indented at all.
5365 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5366 $ endif
5370 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5371 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5373 \(fn)" t nil)
5375 ;;;***
5377 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5378 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19598 13691))
5379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5381 (setq debugger 'debug)
5383 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5384 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5385 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5386 of the evaluator.
5388 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5389 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5390 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5392 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5394 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5395 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5397 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5399 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5400 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5401 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5402 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5403 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5404 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5406 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5407 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5409 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5411 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5412 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5413 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5414 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5415 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5417 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5419 ;;;***
5421 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5422 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
5423 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5425 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5426 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5428 \(fn)" t nil)
5430 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5431 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5432 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5433 Upper-case letters are commands.
5435 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5436 modify it.
5438 The most useful commands are:
5439 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5440 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5441 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5442 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5443 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5444 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5446 \(fn)" t nil)
5448 ;;;***
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5451 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19562
5452 ;;;;;; 42953))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5455 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5456 Customization of `columns' group.
5458 \(fn)" t nil)
5460 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5461 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5463 START and END delimits the text region.
5465 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5468 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5470 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5474 ;;;***
5476 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19714
5477 ;;;;;; 43298))
5478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5480 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5481 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5482 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5483 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5484 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5485 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5486 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5488 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5490 Customization:
5492 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5493 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5494 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5495 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5496 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5497 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5498 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5499 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5500 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5501 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5502 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5503 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5504 blank line.
5505 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5506 Directories to search when finding external units.
5507 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5508 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5510 Coloring:
5512 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5513 Face used to color delphi comments.
5514 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5515 Face used to color delphi strings.
5516 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5517 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5518 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5519 Face used to color everything else.
5521 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5522 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5524 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5526 ;;;***
5528 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19562
5529 ;;;;;; 42953))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5532 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5534 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5535 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5536 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5539 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5541 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5543 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5544 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5545 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5546 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5548 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5549 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5550 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5551 any selection.
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5555 ;;;***
5557 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5558 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19598 13691))
5559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5561 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5562 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5564 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5566 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5567 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5568 or nil if there is no parent.
5569 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5570 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5571 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5572 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5573 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5575 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5576 arguments are currently understood:
5577 :group GROUP
5578 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5579 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5580 :syntax-table TABLE
5581 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5582 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5583 :abbrev-table TABLE
5584 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5585 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5587 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5589 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5591 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5592 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5593 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5595 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5596 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5598 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5599 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5600 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5602 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5603 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5605 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5606 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5608 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5610 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5612 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5614 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5615 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5616 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5617 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5618 the first time the mode is used.
5620 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5622 ;;;***
5624 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5625 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19591 62571))
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5628 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5629 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5630 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5631 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5632 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5633 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5634 otherwise.
5636 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5638 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5639 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5640 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5641 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5642 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5643 character composition information (if relevant),
5644 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5646 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5648 ;;;***
5650 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5651 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5652 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5653 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19598 13691))
5654 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5656 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5657 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5658 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5660 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5662 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5663 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5664 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5665 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5666 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5667 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5671 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5672 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5673 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5674 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5676 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5678 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5679 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5680 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5682 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5683 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5684 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5686 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5687 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5689 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5690 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5691 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5693 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5694 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5695 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5696 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5698 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5700 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5701 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5703 Handlers are called with argument list
5705 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5707 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5709 desktop-file-version
5710 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5711 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5712 desktop-buffer-point
5713 desktop-buffer-mark
5714 desktop-buffer-read-only
5715 desktop-buffer-locals
5717 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5718 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5720 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5721 code like
5723 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5725 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5726 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5728 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5730 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5732 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5733 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5734 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5735 List elements must have the form
5737 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5739 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5740 function.
5742 Handlers are called with argument list
5744 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5746 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5748 desktop-file-version
5749 desktop-buffer-file-name
5750 desktop-buffer-name
5751 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5752 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5753 desktop-buffer-point
5754 desktop-buffer-mark
5755 desktop-buffer-read-only
5756 desktop-buffer-misc
5758 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5759 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5760 created and set.
5762 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5763 code like
5765 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5767 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5768 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5770 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5772 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5774 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5776 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5777 Empty the Desktop.
5778 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5779 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5780 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5784 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5785 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5786 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5787 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5788 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5790 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5792 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5793 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5794 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5796 \(fn)" t nil)
5798 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5799 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5800 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5801 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5802 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5803 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5804 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5805 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5807 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5809 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5810 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5811 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5813 \(fn)" nil nil)
5815 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5816 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5817 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5818 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5819 directory DIRNAME.
5821 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5823 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5824 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5826 \(fn)" t nil)
5828 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5829 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5831 \(fn)" t nil)
5833 ;;;***
5835 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5836 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5837 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19598 13691))
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5840 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5841 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5842 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5843 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5844 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5845 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5847 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5850 Repair a broken attribution line.
5851 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5853 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5855 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5856 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5857 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5858 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5860 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5862 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5863 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5865 \(fn)" t nil)
5867 ;;;***
5869 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5870 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19714 43298))
5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5873 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5874 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5875 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5876 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5877 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5881 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5882 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5883 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5884 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5886 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5887 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5888 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5889 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5891 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5892 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5894 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5895 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5896 calendar-date-style 'european
5897 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5899 \(diary-mail-entries)
5901 # diary-rem.el ends here
5903 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5905 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5906 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5908 \(fn)" t nil)
5910 ;;;***
5912 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
5913 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19714 43298))
5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
5916 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5917 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5919 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5921 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5922 The command to use to run diff.")
5924 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5926 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5927 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5928 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5929 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5930 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5931 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5933 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5934 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5935 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5937 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5939 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5940 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5941 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5942 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5943 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5944 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5946 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5948 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
5949 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
5950 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
5952 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5954 ;;;***
5956 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
5957 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
5958 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
5960 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5961 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5962 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5963 normal diffs.
5965 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5966 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5967 headers for you on-the-fly.
5969 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5970 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5971 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5973 \\{diff-mode-map}
5975 \(fn)" t nil)
5977 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5978 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5979 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5983 ;;;***
5985 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19640 47194))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
5988 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
5989 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
5990 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
5992 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
5994 ;;;***
5996 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
5997 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
5998 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19714 43298))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6001 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6002 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6003 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6004 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6005 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6006 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6007 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6008 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6010 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6012 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6013 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6015 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6016 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6017 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6018 A value of t means move to first file.")
6020 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6022 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6023 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6024 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6025 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6026 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6027 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6029 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6030 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6031 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6032 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6033 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6034 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6035 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6036 list of files to make directory entries for.
6037 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6038 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6039 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6040 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6042 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6044 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6045 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6047 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6048 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6050 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6051 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6053 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6054 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6056 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6058 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6059 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6061 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6063 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6064 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6065 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6066 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6067 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6068 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6069 is displayed.
6070 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6071 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6073 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6075 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6076 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6077 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6078 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6079 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6080 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6081 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6082 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6083 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6084 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6085 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6086 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6087 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6088 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6089 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6090 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6091 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6092 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6093 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6094 to see why something went wrong.
6095 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6096 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6097 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6098 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6099 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6100 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6101 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6102 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6103 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6104 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6105 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6106 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6107 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6109 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6110 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6111 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6112 again for the directory tree.
6114 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6115 for more info):
6117 `dired-listing-switches'
6118 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6119 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6120 `dired-marker-char'
6121 `dired-del-marker'
6122 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6123 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6124 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6125 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6127 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6129 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6130 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6131 `dired-mode-hook'
6132 `dired-load-hook'
6134 Keybindings:
6135 \\{dired-mode-map}
6137 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6138 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6140 ;;;***
6142 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6143 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
6144 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6146 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6147 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6148 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6149 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6150 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6151 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6152 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6156 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6157 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6158 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6160 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6162 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6163 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6165 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6167 ;;;***
6169 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19598
6170 ;;;;;; 13508))
6171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6173 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6174 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6175 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6176 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6177 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6178 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6180 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6182 ;;;***
6184 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6185 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6186 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6187 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6188 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6189 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19598 13691))
6190 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6192 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6193 Return a new, empty display table.
6195 \(fn)" nil nil)
6197 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6198 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6199 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6200 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6201 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6203 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6205 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6206 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6207 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6208 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6209 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6211 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6213 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6214 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6216 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6218 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6219 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6221 \(fn)" t nil)
6223 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6224 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6226 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6227 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6229 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6230 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6231 byte.
6233 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6234 in the default way after this call.
6236 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6238 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6239 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6241 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6243 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6244 Display character C using printable string S.
6246 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6248 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6249 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6250 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6251 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6253 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6255 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6256 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6257 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6258 X frame.
6260 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6262 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6263 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6265 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6267 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6268 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6270 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6272 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6273 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6275 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6277 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6278 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6280 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6282 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6283 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6285 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6287 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6288 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6290 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6291 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6293 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6294 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6296 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6297 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6298 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6299 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6301 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6302 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6303 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6304 in `.emacs'.
6306 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6308 ;;;***
6310 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6311 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6314 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6315 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6316 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6317 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6318 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6319 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6320 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6321 Default is 2.
6323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6325 ;;;***
6327 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19640 47194))
6328 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6330 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6331 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6332 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6333 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6334 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6335 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6336 private or ask).
6337 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6338 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6339 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6340 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6341 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6343 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6345 ;;;***
6347 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6348 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19619 52030))
6349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6351 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6352 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6353 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6354 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6355 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6356 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6357 table and its own syntax table.
6359 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6361 \(fn)" t nil)
6362 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6364 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6365 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6367 \(fn)" t nil)
6369 ;;;***
6371 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6372 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19714 43269))
6373 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6375 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6376 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6377 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6379 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6381 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6382 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6384 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6385 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6387 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6388 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6389 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6391 \(fn)" t nil)
6393 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6394 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6395 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6396 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6400 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6401 Not documented
6403 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6405 ;;;***
6407 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19714 43298))
6408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6410 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6411 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6413 \(fn)" t nil)
6415 ;;;***
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19562 42953))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6420 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6421 Toggle Double mode.
6422 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6423 turn it off.
6425 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6426 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6430 ;;;***
6432 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19562 42953))
6433 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6435 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6436 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6438 \(fn)" t nil)
6440 ;;;***
6442 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6443 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19714 43298))
6445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6447 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6449 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6450 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6451 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6452 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6454 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6455 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6456 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6457 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6458 a keymap, or a list of arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6459 If KEYMAP is a keymap or list, this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6461 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6462 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6463 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6464 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6465 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6466 mode is global):
6468 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6469 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6470 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6471 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6472 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6473 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6474 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6475 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6476 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6477 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6478 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6479 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6480 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6481 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6482 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6483 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6484 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6486 For example, you could write
6487 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6488 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6489 ...BODY CODE...)
6491 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6493 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6495 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6497 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6498 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6499 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6500 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6501 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6502 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6503 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6504 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6505 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6506 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6507 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6508 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6510 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6511 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6512 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6513 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6514 call another major mode in their body.
6516 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6518 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6519 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6520 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6521 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6522 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6523 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6524 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6526 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6528 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6529 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6530 :inherit Parent keymap.
6531 :group Ignored.
6532 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6533 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6535 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6537 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6538 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6539 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6540 the constant's documentation.
6542 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6544 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6545 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6546 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6548 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6550 ;;;***
6552 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6553 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19598
6554 ;;;;;; 13691))
6555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6557 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6558 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6560 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6561 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6562 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6564 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6565 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6567 :filter FUNCTION
6569 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6570 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6572 :visible INCLUDE
6574 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6575 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6577 :active ENABLE
6579 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6580 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6582 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6584 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6586 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6588 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6589 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6591 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6592 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6594 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6596 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6598 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6600 :keys KEYS
6602 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6603 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6604 computed automatically.
6605 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6607 :key-sequence KEYS
6609 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6610 menu item.
6611 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6612 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6613 keyboard equivalent.
6615 :active ENABLE
6617 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6618 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6620 :visible INCLUDE
6622 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6623 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6625 :label FORM
6627 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6628 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6630 :suffix FORM
6632 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6633 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6635 :style STYLE
6637 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6638 defined:
6640 toggle: A checkbox.
6641 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6642 radio: A radio button.
6643 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6644 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6645 menu bar itself.
6646 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6648 :selected SELECTED
6650 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6651 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6653 :help HELP
6655 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6657 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6658 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6659 as a solid horizontal line.
6661 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6663 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6665 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6667 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6668 Not documented
6670 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6672 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6673 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6674 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6675 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6677 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6680 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6681 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6682 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6683 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6684 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6686 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6687 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6688 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6690 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6691 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6692 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6694 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6695 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6697 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6699 ;;;***
6701 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6702 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6703 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6704 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6705 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6706 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6707 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6708 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19714 43298))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6711 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6712 Customization for ebnf group.
6714 \(fn)" t nil)
6716 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6717 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6719 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6721 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6722 processed.
6724 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6726 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6728 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6729 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6731 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6732 killed after process termination.
6734 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6736 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6738 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6739 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6741 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6742 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6743 it to the printer.
6745 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6746 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6747 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6748 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6750 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6752 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6753 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6754 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6756 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6758 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6759 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6761 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6763 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6764 processed.
6766 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6768 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6770 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6771 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6773 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6774 killed after process termination.
6776 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6778 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6780 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6781 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6782 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6783 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6785 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6787 \(fn)" t nil)
6789 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6790 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6791 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6793 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6795 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6797 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6798 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6800 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6802 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6803 processed.
6805 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6807 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6809 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6810 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6812 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6813 killed after EPS generation.
6815 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6817 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6819 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6820 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6822 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6823 The EPS file name has the following form:
6825 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6827 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6828 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6830 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6831 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6832 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6833 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6834 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6836 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6837 files.
6839 \(fn)" t nil)
6841 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6842 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6844 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6845 The EPS file name has the following form:
6847 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6849 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6850 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6852 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6853 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6854 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6855 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6856 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6858 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6859 files.
6861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6863 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6865 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6866 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6868 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6870 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6871 are processed.
6873 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6875 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6877 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6878 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6880 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6881 killed after syntax checking.
6883 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6885 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6887 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6888 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6890 \(fn)" t nil)
6892 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6893 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6895 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6897 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6898 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6900 \(fn)" nil nil)
6902 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6903 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6905 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6907 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6909 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6910 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6912 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6914 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6916 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6917 Delete style NAME.
6919 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6921 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6923 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6924 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6926 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6928 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6930 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6931 Set STYLE as the current style.
6933 Returns the old style symbol.
6935 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6937 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6939 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6940 Reset current style.
6942 Returns the old style symbol.
6944 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6946 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6948 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6949 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
6951 Returns the old style symbol.
6953 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
6955 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6957 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6959 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6960 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
6962 Returns the old style symbol.
6964 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
6966 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6968 \(fn)" t nil)
6970 ;;;***
6972 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6973 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6974 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6975 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6976 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6977 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6978 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6979 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6980 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6981 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6982 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19714
6983 ;;;;;; 43298))
6984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6986 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
6987 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6988 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6989 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6990 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6991 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6993 Tree mode key bindings:
6994 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6996 \(fn)" t nil)
6998 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
6999 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7001 \(fn)" t nil)
7003 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7004 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7006 \(fn)" t nil)
7008 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7009 View declaration of member at point.
7011 \(fn)" t nil)
7013 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7014 Find declaration of member at point.
7016 \(fn)" t nil)
7018 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7019 View definition of member at point.
7021 \(fn)" t nil)
7023 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7024 Find definition of member at point.
7026 \(fn)" t nil)
7028 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7029 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7031 \(fn)" t nil)
7033 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7034 View definition of member at point in other window.
7036 \(fn)" t nil)
7038 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7039 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7041 \(fn)" t nil)
7043 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7044 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7046 \(fn)" t nil)
7048 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7049 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7051 \(fn)" t nil)
7053 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7054 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7056 \(fn)" t nil)
7058 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7059 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7060 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7061 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7062 completion.
7064 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7066 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7067 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7068 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7069 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7071 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7073 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7074 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7075 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7076 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7078 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7080 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7081 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7082 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7084 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7087 Search for call sites of a member.
7088 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7089 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7090 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7091 looks like a function call to the member.
7093 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7095 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7096 Move backward in the position stack.
7097 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7099 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7102 Move forward in the position stack.
7103 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7107 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7108 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7110 \(fn)" t nil)
7112 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7113 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7115 \(fn)" t nil)
7117 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7118 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7119 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7120 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7122 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7125 Display statistics for a class tree.
7127 \(fn)" t nil)
7129 ;;;***
7131 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7132 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
7133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7135 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7136 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7137 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7138 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7140 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7141 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7142 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7144 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7145 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7146 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7148 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7150 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7152 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7154 ;;;***
7156 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7157 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19562 42953))
7158 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7160 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7161 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7162 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7164 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7166 ;;;***
7168 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7169 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
7170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7172 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7173 Not documented
7175 \(fn)" nil nil)
7177 ;;;***
7179 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19714 43298))
7180 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7182 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7183 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7184 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7186 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7187 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7189 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7191 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7192 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7193 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7194 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7196 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7197 an EDE controlled project.
7199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7201 ;;;***
7203 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7204 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7205 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19720 57265))
7206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7208 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7209 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7210 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7211 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7212 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7214 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7215 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7216 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7217 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7219 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7221 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7222 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7223 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7224 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7226 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7228 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7229 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7230 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7231 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7233 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7235 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7237 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7238 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7239 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7240 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7241 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7243 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7244 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7245 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7246 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7247 instrumented for Edebug.
7249 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7250 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7251 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7252 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7253 already is one.)
7255 \(fn)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7258 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7260 \(fn)" t nil)
7262 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7263 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7265 \(fn)" t nil)
7267 ;;;***
7269 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7270 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7271 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7272 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7273 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7274 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7275 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7276 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7277 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7278 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19598 13691))
7279 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7281 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7282 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7284 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7287 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7289 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7291 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7293 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7295 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7296 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7297 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7298 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7300 \(fn)" t nil)
7302 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7303 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7304 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7305 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7307 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7309 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7310 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7312 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7314 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7316 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7317 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7319 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7321 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7323 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7324 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7325 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7326 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7328 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7330 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7332 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7333 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7334 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7335 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7337 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7339 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7341 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7342 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7343 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7344 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7346 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7348 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7350 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7351 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7352 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7353 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7355 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7357 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7359 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7360 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7361 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7362 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7363 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7364 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7366 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7368 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7369 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7370 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7371 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7373 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7375 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7377 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7378 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7379 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7380 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7382 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7384 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7386 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7388 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7389 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7390 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7391 follows:
7392 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7393 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7395 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7398 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7399 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7400 follows:
7401 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7402 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7404 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7407 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7408 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7409 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7410 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7412 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7414 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7415 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7416 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7417 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7418 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7419 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7421 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7423 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7425 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7426 Merge two files without ancestor.
7428 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7430 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7431 Merge two files with ancestor.
7433 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7435 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7437 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7438 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7440 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7443 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7445 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7447 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7448 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7449 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7450 buffer.
7452 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7455 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7456 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7457 buffer.
7459 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7461 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7462 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7463 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7464 and don't ask the user.
7465 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7466 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7468 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7471 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7472 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7473 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7474 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7475 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7476 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7477 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7479 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7481 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7483 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7485 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7486 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7487 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7488 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7489 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7491 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7493 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7495 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7496 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7497 When called interactively, displays the version.
7499 \(fn)" t nil)
7501 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7502 Display Ediff's manual.
7503 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7505 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7507 ;;;***
7509 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7510 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
7511 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7513 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7514 Not documented
7516 \(fn)" t nil)
7518 ;;;***
7520 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7521 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
7522 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7524 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7525 Display Ediff's registry.
7527 \(fn)" t nil)
7529 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7531 ;;;***
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7534 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19714 43298))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7537 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7538 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7539 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7540 which see.
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7544 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7545 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7546 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7547 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7549 \(fn)" t nil)
7551 ;;;***
7553 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7554 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7555 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
7556 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7558 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7559 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7560 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7562 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7563 Edit a keyboard macro.
7564 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7565 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7566 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7567 its command name.
7568 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7570 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7572 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7573 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7575 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7577 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7578 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7580 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7582 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7583 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7584 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7585 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7586 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7587 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7589 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7590 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7591 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7592 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7594 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7596 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7597 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7598 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7599 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7600 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7601 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7603 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7605 ;;;***
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7608 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19714 43298))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7611 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7612 Set scroll margins.
7613 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7614 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7616 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7618 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7619 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7621 \(fn)" t nil)
7623 ;;;***
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7626 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7629 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7630 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7631 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7632 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7633 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7634 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7635 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7637 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7638 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7640 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7641 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7642 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7643 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7645 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7646 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7647 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7649 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7650 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7651 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7653 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7655 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7656 Not documented
7658 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7660 ;;;***
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7663 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19562 42953))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7666 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7667 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7669 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7671 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7672 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7673 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7674 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7675 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7676 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7677 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7679 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7683 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7684 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7686 \(fn)" t nil)
7688 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7689 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7690 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7691 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7692 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7693 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7694 arg list.
7696 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7697 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7698 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7699 effect.
7701 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7702 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7704 ;;;***
7706 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
7707 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19714 43298))
7708 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7710 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
7711 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
7713 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7714 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7715 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7718 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7720 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7722 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7723 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7724 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7728 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7729 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7730 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7732 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7733 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7735 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7737 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7738 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7742 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
7743 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
7744 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7747 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
7749 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
7751 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
7752 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
7754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7756 ;;;***
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19562
7759 ;;;;;; 42953))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7762 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7763 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7765 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7766 an elided material again.
7768 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7772 ;;;***
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7775 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7776 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
7777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7779 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7780 Lint the file FILE.
7782 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7784 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7785 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7786 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7788 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7790 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7791 Lint the current buffer.
7792 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7794 \(fn)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7797 Lint the function at point.
7798 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7800 \(fn)" t nil)
7802 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7803 Initialize elint.
7804 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7805 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7807 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7809 ;;;***
7811 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7812 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19562
7813 ;;;;;; 42953))
7814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7816 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7817 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7818 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7820 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7822 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7823 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7824 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7825 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7827 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7829 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7830 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7831 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7833 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7835 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7837 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7838 Display current profiling results.
7839 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7840 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7841 displayed.
7843 \(fn)" t nil)
7845 ;;;***
7847 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7848 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
7849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7851 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7852 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7853 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7855 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7857 ;;;***
7859 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7860 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7861 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7862 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7863 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19714 43298))
7864 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
7866 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7867 Run Emerge on two files.
7869 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7871 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7872 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7874 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7876 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7877 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7879 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7881 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7882 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7884 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7887 Not documented
7889 \(fn)" nil nil)
7891 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7892 Not documented
7894 \(fn)" nil nil)
7896 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7897 Not documented
7899 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7901 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7902 Not documented
7904 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7906 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7907 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7909 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7912 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7914 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7916 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7917 Not documented
7919 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7921 ;;;***
7923 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7924 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19619 52030))
7925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7927 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7928 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7929 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7930 text/enriched format.
7931 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7933 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7934 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7936 Commands:
7938 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7943 Not documented
7945 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7947 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7948 Not documented
7950 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7952 ;;;***
7954 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7955 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7956 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7957 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7958 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7959 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19714
7960 ;;;;;; 43298))
7961 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7963 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7964 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7966 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7968 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7969 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7971 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7973 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7974 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7975 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7976 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7977 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7978 the keys are listed.
7979 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7981 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7983 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
7984 Decrypt FILE.
7986 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7988 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
7989 Verify FILE.
7991 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7993 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
7994 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
7996 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
7998 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
7999 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8001 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8003 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8004 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8006 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8007 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8008 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8009 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8010 should consider using the string based counterpart
8011 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8012 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8014 For example:
8016 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8017 (decode-coding-string
8018 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8019 'utf-8))
8021 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8023 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8024 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8026 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8027 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8029 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8031 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8032 Verify the current region between START and END.
8034 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8035 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8036 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8037 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8038 should consider using the string based counterpart
8039 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8040 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8042 For example:
8044 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8045 (decode-coding-string
8046 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8047 'utf-8))
8049 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8051 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8052 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8053 between START and END.
8055 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8056 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8058 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8060 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8061 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8063 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8064 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8065 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8066 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8067 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8068 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8070 For example:
8072 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8073 (epg-sign-string
8074 context
8075 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8077 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8079 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8080 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8082 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8083 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8084 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8085 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8086 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8087 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8089 For example:
8091 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8092 (epg-encrypt-string
8093 context
8094 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8095 nil))
8097 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8099 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8100 Delete selected KEYS.
8102 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8104 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8105 Import keys from FILE.
8107 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8109 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8110 Import keys from the region.
8112 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8115 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8116 between START and END.
8118 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8120 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8121 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8123 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8126 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8128 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8130 ;;;***
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8133 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19598 13691))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8136 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8137 Decrypt marked files.
8139 \(fn)" t nil)
8141 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8142 Verify marked files.
8144 \(fn)" t nil)
8146 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8147 Sign marked files.
8149 \(fn)" t nil)
8151 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8152 Encrypt marked files.
8154 \(fn)" t nil)
8156 ;;;***
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8159 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19640 47194))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8162 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8163 Not documented
8165 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8167 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8168 Not documented
8170 \(fn)" t nil)
8172 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8173 Not documented
8175 \(fn)" t nil)
8177 ;;;***
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8180 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8181 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19714 43298))
8182 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8184 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8185 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8189 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8190 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8191 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8193 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8195 \(fn)" t nil)
8197 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8198 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8199 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8201 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8203 \(fn)" t nil)
8205 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8206 Sign the current buffer.
8207 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8209 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8211 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8213 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8214 Encrypt the current buffer.
8215 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8217 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8219 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8221 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8222 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8223 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8225 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8227 \(fn)" t nil)
8229 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8230 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8231 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8234 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8236 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8238 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8239 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8243 ;;;***
8245 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19714 43298))
8246 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8248 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8249 Return a context object.
8251 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8253 ;;;***
8255 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8256 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19714 43298))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8259 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8260 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8262 \(fn)" nil nil)
8264 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8265 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8267 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8269 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8270 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8272 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8277 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19598 13691))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8280 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8281 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8283 \(fn)" nil nil)
8285 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8286 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8287 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8289 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8291 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8292 (server (erc-compute-server))
8293 (port (erc-compute-port))
8294 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8295 password
8296 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8298 That is, if called with
8300 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8302 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8303 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8304 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8306 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8308 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8310 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8311 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8312 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8313 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8315 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8317 ;;;***
8319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19562
8320 ;;;;;; 42953))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8322 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8324 ;;;***
8326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19562 42953))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8328 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8330 ;;;***
8332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19562 42953))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8334 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8336 ;;;***
8338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19562 42953))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8340 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8342 ;;;***
8344 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8345 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19562 42953))
8346 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8347 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8349 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8350 Parser for /dcc command.
8351 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8352 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8353 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8355 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8357 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8358 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8360 \(fn)" nil nil)
8362 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8363 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8365 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8366 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8367 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8368 that subcommand.
8370 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8372 ;;;***
8374 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8375 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8376 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8377 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8378 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8379 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8381 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8382 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8384 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8387 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8388 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8389 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8391 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8393 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8394 Not documented
8396 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8398 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8399 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8401 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8403 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8404 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8406 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8408 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8409 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8411 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8413 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8414 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8416 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8418 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8419 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8421 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8423 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8424 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8426 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8428 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8429 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8431 \(fn)" nil nil)
8433 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8434 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8436 \(fn)" nil nil)
8438 ;;;***
8440 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19562
8441 ;;;;;; 42953))
8442 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8443 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8445 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8446 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8447 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8449 \(fn)" nil nil)
8451 ;;;***
8453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19591
8454 ;;;;;; 62571))
8455 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8456 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8458 ;;;***
8460 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8461 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19562 42953))
8462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8463 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8465 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8466 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8467 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8468 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8469 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8470 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8471 system.
8473 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8475 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8476 Not documented
8478 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8480 ;;;***
8482 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8483 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8486 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8487 Not documented
8489 \(fn)" nil nil)
8491 ;;;***
8493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19598 13691))
8494 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8495 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8497 ;;;***
8499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19640 47194))
8500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8501 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8503 ;;;***
8505 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8506 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19562 42953))
8507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8508 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8510 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8511 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8512 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8513 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8514 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8515 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8517 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8519 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8520 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8521 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8522 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8524 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8525 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8526 automatically.
8528 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8529 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8531 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8533 ;;;***
8535 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8536 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8537 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8538 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8539 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8540 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8542 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8543 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8547 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8548 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8550 \(fn)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8553 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8555 \(fn)" t nil)
8557 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8558 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8563 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8565 \(fn)" t nil)
8567 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8568 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8570 \(fn)" t nil)
8572 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8573 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8575 \(fn)" t nil)
8577 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8578 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8580 \(fn)" t nil)
8582 ;;;***
8584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19562 42953))
8585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8586 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8588 ;;;***
8590 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8591 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8593 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8595 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8596 Show who's gone.
8598 \(fn)" nil nil)
8600 ;;;***
8602 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8603 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19562 42953))
8604 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8606 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8607 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8608 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8609 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8611 \(fn)" nil nil)
8613 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8614 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8616 \(fn)" t nil)
8618 ;;;***
8620 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8621 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19562 42953))
8622 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8623 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8625 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8626 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8627 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8628 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8630 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8632 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8633 Not documented
8635 \(fn)" nil nil)
8637 ;;;***
8639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19562 42953))
8640 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8641 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8643 ;;;***
8645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19562
8646 ;;;;;; 42953))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8648 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8650 ;;;***
8652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19562 42953))
8653 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8654 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8656 ;;;***
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19562 42953))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8660 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8662 ;;;***
8664 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8665 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19562 42953))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8667 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8669 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8670 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8672 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8674 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8675 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8676 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8678 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8680 ;;;***
8682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19562 42953))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8684 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8686 ;;;***
8688 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8689 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8692 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8693 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8694 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8696 \(fn)" t nil)
8698 ;;;***
8700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19562
8701 ;;;;;; 42953))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8703 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8705 ;;;***
8707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19562 42953))
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8709 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8711 ;;;***
8713 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8714 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8717 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8718 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8719 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8721 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8723 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8724 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8725 mode line.
8727 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8728 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8729 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8732 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8734 ;;;***
8736 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8737 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19562 42953))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8739 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8741 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8742 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8743 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8744 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8746 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8748 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8749 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8750 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8752 \(fn)" t nil)
8754 ;;;***
8756 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8757 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8759 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8761 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8762 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8764 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8766 ;;;***
8768 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19619
8769 ;;;;;; 52030))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8772 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8773 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8775 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8777 \(fn)" nil nil)
8779 ;;;***
8781 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19714
8782 ;;;;;; 43298))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8785 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8786 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8790 ;;;***
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8793 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19562 42953))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8796 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8797 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8798 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8799 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8800 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8801 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8802 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8803 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8804 buffer selected (or created).
8806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8808 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8809 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8810 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8812 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8814 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8815 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8816 The result might be any Lisp object.
8817 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8818 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8819 corresponding to a successful execution.
8821 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8823 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8825 ;;;***
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8828 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8829 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8830 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8831 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8832 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8833 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8837 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8838 *File name of tags table.
8839 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8840 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8841 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8842 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8843 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
8845 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8846 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8847 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8848 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8850 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8852 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8853 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8854 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8855 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8856 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8857 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8859 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8861 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
8862 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8863 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8864 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8865 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8866 `auto-compression-mode').")
8868 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8870 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8871 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8872 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8873 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8874 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8876 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8878 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8879 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8880 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8881 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8883 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8885 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8886 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8887 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8888 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8889 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8891 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8893 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8894 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8896 \(fn)" t nil)
8898 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8899 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8900 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8901 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8903 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8904 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8905 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8906 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8907 file the tag was in.
8909 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8911 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8912 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8913 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8914 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8915 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8916 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8917 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8918 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8919 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8921 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8923 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8924 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8925 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8926 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8927 without directory names.
8929 \(fn)" nil nil)
8930 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
8931 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
8932 (progn
8933 (load "etags")
8934 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
8936 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8937 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8938 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8939 but does not select the buffer.
8940 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8942 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8943 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8944 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8945 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8946 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8948 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8950 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8951 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8952 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8954 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8956 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8958 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8959 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8960 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8961 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8963 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8964 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8965 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8966 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8967 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8969 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8971 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8972 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8973 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8975 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8977 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8978 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8980 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8981 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8982 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8983 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8984 around or before point.
8986 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8987 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8988 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8989 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8990 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8992 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8994 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8995 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8996 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8998 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9000 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9001 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9003 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9004 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9005 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9006 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9007 around or before point.
9009 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9010 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9011 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9012 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9013 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9015 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9017 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9018 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9019 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9021 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9023 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9024 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9026 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9027 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9028 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9030 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9031 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9032 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9033 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9034 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9036 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9038 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9039 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9040 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9042 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9044 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9045 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9046 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9048 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9049 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9051 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9052 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9053 where they were found.
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9058 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9060 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9061 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9062 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9064 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9065 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9067 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9068 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9070 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9073 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9074 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9075 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9077 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9078 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9079 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9080 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9081 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9083 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9084 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9086 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9087 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9088 Stops when a match is found.
9089 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9091 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9093 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9095 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9096 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9097 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9098 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9099 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9100 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9101 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9102 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9104 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9105 produce the list of files to search.
9107 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9109 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9111 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9112 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9113 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9114 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9115 directory specification.
9117 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9119 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9120 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9122 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9124 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9125 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9126 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9127 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9131 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9132 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9133 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9134 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9135 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9137 \(fn)" t nil)
9139 ;;;***
9141 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9142 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9143 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9144 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9145 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9146 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9147 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9148 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9151 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9152 Not documented
9154 \(fn)" nil nil)
9156 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9157 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9159 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9160 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9162 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9163 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9164 primary language.
9166 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9167 even if the buffer is read-only.
9169 See also the descriptions of the variables
9170 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9172 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9174 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9175 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9177 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9178 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9180 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9181 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9182 primary language.
9184 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9185 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9187 See also the descriptions of the variables
9188 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9190 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9192 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9193 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9194 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9195 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9197 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9199 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9200 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9201 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9202 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9204 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9205 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9206 primary language.
9208 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9209 buffer is read-only.
9211 See also the descriptions of the variables
9212 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9213 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9215 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9217 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9218 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9220 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9221 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9223 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9224 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9225 the primary language.
9227 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9228 buffer is read-only.
9230 See also the descriptions of the variables
9231 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9232 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9234 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9236 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9237 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9238 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9240 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9242 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9243 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9245 \(fn)" t nil)
9247 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9248 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9250 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9251 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9252 be 1, 2, or 3.
9254 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9255 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9256 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9258 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9260 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9262 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9263 This function is deprecated.
9265 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9267 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9268 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9270 \(fn)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9273 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9275 \(fn)" t nil)
9277 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9280 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9281 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9283 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9284 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9286 \(fn)" nil nil)
9288 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9289 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9291 \(fn)" nil nil)
9293 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9294 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9296 \(fn)" nil nil)
9298 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9299 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9301 \(fn)" nil nil)
9303 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9304 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9305 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9307 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9309 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9310 Not documented
9312 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9314 ;;;***
9316 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9317 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9318 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9321 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9322 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9323 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9324 server for future sessions.
9326 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9328 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9329 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9330 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9332 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9334 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9335 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9336 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9338 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9340 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9341 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9342 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9343 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9344 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9345 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9346 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9347 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9348 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9349 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9350 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9351 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9353 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9355 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9356 Display a form to query the directory server.
9357 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9358 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9360 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9362 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9363 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9364 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9366 \(fn)" t nil)
9368 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9370 ;;;***
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9373 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9374 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19598 13691))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9377 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9378 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9380 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9382 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9383 Display URL and make it clickable.
9385 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9387 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9388 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9390 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9395 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9400 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9407 ;;;***
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9410 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19598 13691))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9413 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9414 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9415 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9417 \(fn)" t nil)
9419 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9420 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9422 \(fn)" t nil)
9424 ;;;***
9426 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9427 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9430 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9431 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9433 \(fn)" t nil)
9435 ;;;***
9437 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19591
9438 ;;;;;; 62571))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9441 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9442 Create an empty ewoc.
9444 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9446 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9447 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9448 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9449 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9450 `insert-before-markers'.
9452 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9453 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9454 respectively, of the ewoc.
9456 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9457 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9458 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9460 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9462 ;;;***
9464 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9465 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9466 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9467 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9470 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9471 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9472 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9474 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9476 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9477 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9478 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9479 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9480 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9482 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9484 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9485 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9486 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9487 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9488 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9489 executable.
9491 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9493 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9494 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9495 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9497 \(fn)" t nil)
9499 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9500 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9501 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9502 file modes.
9504 \(fn)" nil nil)
9506 ;;;***
9508 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9509 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9510 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9513 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9514 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9515 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9516 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9518 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9520 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9521 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9522 to generate such functions.
9524 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9525 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9526 beginning of the expanded text.
9528 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9529 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9530 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9531 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9533 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9535 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9537 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9538 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9539 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9541 \(fn)" nil nil)
9543 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9544 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9545 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9547 \(fn)" t nil)
9549 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9550 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9551 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9553 \(fn)" t nil)
9554 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9555 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9557 ;;;***
9559 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19714 43298))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9562 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9563 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9564 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9566 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9567 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9568 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9570 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9572 Key definitions:
9573 \\{f90-mode-map}
9575 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9577 `f90-do-indent'
9578 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9579 `f90-if-indent'
9580 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9581 `f90-type-indent'
9582 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9583 `f90-program-indent'
9584 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9585 (default 2).
9586 `f90-continuation-indent'
9587 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9588 `f90-comment-region'
9589 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9590 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9591 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9592 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9593 (default \"!\").
9594 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9595 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9596 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9597 `f90-break-delimiters'
9598 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9599 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9600 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9601 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9602 (default t).
9603 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9604 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9605 `f90-smart-end'
9606 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9607 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9608 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9609 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9610 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9611 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9612 `f90-leave-line-no'
9613 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9615 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9616 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9618 \(fn)" t nil)
9620 ;;;***
9622 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9623 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9624 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9625 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19714
9626 ;;;;;; 43298))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9629 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9630 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9632 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9633 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9635 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9636 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9637 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9638 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9639 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9640 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9641 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9643 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9644 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9645 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9647 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9649 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9650 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9652 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9654 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9655 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9656 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9657 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9658 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9659 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9661 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9663 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9664 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9665 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9667 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9668 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9669 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9670 the same amount).
9672 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9674 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9675 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9676 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9678 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9679 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9680 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9681 will remove any scaling currently active.
9683 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9685 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9686 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9687 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9689 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9690 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9691 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9692 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9693 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9695 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9696 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9698 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9699 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9701 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9702 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9703 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9705 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9706 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9707 is one of the above.
9709 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9710 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9711 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9712 will remove any scaling currently active.
9714 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9715 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9716 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9717 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9718 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9720 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9722 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9723 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9724 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9725 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9729 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9730 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9731 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9732 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9733 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9735 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9736 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9738 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9740 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9741 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9742 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9743 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9745 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9746 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9747 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9748 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9750 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9751 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9753 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9755 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9756 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9757 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9758 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9762 ;;;***
9764 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9765 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9766 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19619 52030))
9767 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9769 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9770 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9771 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9772 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9774 \(fn)" nil nil)
9776 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9777 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9782 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9783 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9784 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9788 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9789 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9790 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9791 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9792 backup file names and the like).
9794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9796 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9797 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9798 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9799 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9800 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9801 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9802 internally by feedmail):
9804 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9805 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9806 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9807 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9809 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9810 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9811 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9812 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9813 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9815 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9817 ;;;***
9819 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9820 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19591 62571))
9821 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9823 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9824 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9825 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9826 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9827 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9828 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9829 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9831 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9833 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9834 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9835 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9836 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9837 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9838 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9839 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9841 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9843 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9845 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9846 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9847 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9848 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9849 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9850 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9852 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9854 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9855 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9856 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9857 Return value:
9858 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9859 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9860 * otherwise, nil
9862 \(fn E)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9865 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9866 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9868 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9870 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9871 Try to get a file name at point.
9872 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9874 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9875 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9877 \(fn)" t nil)
9879 ;;;***
9881 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9882 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9883 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9884 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19714 43298))
9885 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9887 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9888 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9889 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9890 be added to the cache.
9892 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9895 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9896 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9897 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9898 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9900 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9902 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9903 Add FILE to the file cache.
9905 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9907 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9908 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9909 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9911 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9913 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9914 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9915 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9917 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9920 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9921 This function does not use any external programs.
9922 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9923 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9924 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9926 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9929 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9930 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9931 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9932 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9933 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9934 \(directories) is done.
9936 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9938 ;;;***
9940 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9941 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9942 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9943 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9944 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19598 13691))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9947 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9948 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9950 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9951 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9952 Local Variables list.
9954 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9955 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9956 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9958 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9960 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9961 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9963 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9965 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9966 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9968 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9969 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9970 the -*- line.
9972 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9973 then this function adds it.
9975 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9977 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9978 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9980 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9983 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9985 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9987 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9988 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
9990 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
9993 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
9995 \(fn)" t nil)
9997 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
9998 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10000 \(fn)" t nil)
10002 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10003 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10007 ;;;***
10009 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19619
10010 ;;;;;; 52030))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10013 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10014 Filesets initialization.
10015 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10017 \(fn)" nil nil)
10019 ;;;***
10021 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19562 42953))
10022 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10024 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10025 Initiate the building of a find command.
10026 For example:
10028 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10029 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10030 (mtime \"+1\"))
10031 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10033 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10034 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10036 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10038 ;;;***
10040 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10041 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10042 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10045 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10046 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10047 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10048 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10049 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10051 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10053 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10054 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10055 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10056 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10057 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10059 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10061 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10062 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10063 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10064 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10066 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10068 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10069 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10070 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10072 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10074 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10075 as the final argument.
10077 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10079 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10080 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10081 and run dired on those files.
10082 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10083 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10085 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10087 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10089 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10090 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10091 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10093 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10095 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10097 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10099 ;;;***
10101 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10102 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10103 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10106 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10107 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10108 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10109 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10110 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10111 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10112 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10114 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10115 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10116 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10118 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10120 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10122 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10124 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10125 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10126 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10128 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10129 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10131 Variables of interest include:
10133 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10134 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10135 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10137 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10138 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10139 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10141 - `ff-ignore-include'
10142 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10144 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10145 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10147 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10148 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10150 - `ff-special-constructs'
10151 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10152 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10153 extracting the filename from that construct.
10155 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10156 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10158 - `ff-search-directories'
10159 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10160 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10162 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10163 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10165 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10166 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10168 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10169 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10171 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10172 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10174 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10175 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10177 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10179 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10180 Visit the file you click on.
10182 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10184 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10185 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10187 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10189 ;;;***
10191 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10192 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10193 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10194 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10195 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10196 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10197 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19714 43298))
10198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10200 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10201 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10202 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10204 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10206 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10207 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10208 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10209 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10211 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10212 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10213 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10214 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10216 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10218 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10219 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10221 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10222 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10223 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10224 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10226 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10227 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10228 in `load-path'.
10230 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10232 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10233 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10235 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10236 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10237 places point before the definition.
10238 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10240 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10241 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10242 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10244 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10246 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10247 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10249 See `find-function' for more details.
10251 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10253 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10254 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10256 See `find-function' for more details.
10258 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10260 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10261 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10263 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10264 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10265 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10267 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10268 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10270 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10272 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10273 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10275 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10276 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10277 places point before the definition.
10279 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10281 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10282 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10283 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10285 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10287 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10288 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10290 See `find-variable' for more details.
10292 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10294 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10295 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10297 See `find-variable' for more details.
10299 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10301 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10302 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10303 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10304 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10305 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10306 buffer nor display it.
10308 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10309 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10311 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10313 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10314 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10316 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10317 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10318 places point before the definition.
10320 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10322 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10323 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10324 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10326 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10328 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10329 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10330 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10332 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10334 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10335 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10337 \(fn)" t nil)
10339 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10340 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10342 \(fn)" t nil)
10344 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10345 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10347 \(fn)" nil nil)
10349 ;;;***
10351 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10352 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19591 62571))
10353 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10355 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10356 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10358 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10360 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10361 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10363 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10365 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10366 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10368 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10370 ;;;***
10372 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10373 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19714 43298))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10376 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10377 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10379 \(fn)" t nil)
10381 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10382 Display FILE's commentary section.
10383 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10385 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10387 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10388 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10390 \(fn)" t nil)
10392 ;;;***
10394 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10395 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19591 62571))
10396 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10398 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10399 Toggle flow control handling.
10400 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10401 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10403 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10405 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10406 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10407 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10408 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10409 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10410 to get the effect of a C-q.
10412 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10414 ;;;***
10416 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10417 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
10418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10420 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10421 Not documented
10423 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10425 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10426 Not documented
10428 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10430 ;;;***
10432 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10433 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19714 43298))
10434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10436 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10437 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10438 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10439 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10443 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10444 Turn flymake mode on.
10446 \(fn)" nil nil)
10448 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10449 Turn flymake mode off.
10451 \(fn)" nil nil)
10453 ;;;***
10455 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10456 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10457 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19714 43298))
10458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10460 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10461 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10463 \(fn)" t nil)
10464 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10466 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10467 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10468 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10469 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10470 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10471 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10472 otherwise turn it off.
10474 Bindings:
10475 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10476 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10477 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10478 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10480 Hooks:
10481 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10483 Remark:
10484 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10485 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10486 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10488 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10489 consider adding:
10490 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10491 in your .emacs file.
10493 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10494 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10498 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10499 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10501 \(fn)" nil nil)
10503 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10504 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10506 \(fn)" nil nil)
10508 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10509 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10511 \(fn)" nil nil)
10513 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10514 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10516 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10518 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10519 Flyspell whole buffer.
10521 \(fn)" t nil)
10523 ;;;***
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10526 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10527 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10530 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10531 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10533 \(fn)" nil nil)
10535 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10536 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10538 \(fn)" nil nil)
10540 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10541 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10543 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10544 of two major techniques:
10546 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10547 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10548 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10550 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10551 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10552 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10553 movement commands.
10555 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10556 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10557 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10558 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10559 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10560 mileage may vary).
10562 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10563 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10565 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10567 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10568 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10569 \(This is the default.)
10571 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10573 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10574 \\{follow-mode-map}
10576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10578 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10579 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10581 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10582 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10583 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10584 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10585 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10586 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10588 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10589 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10590 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10592 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10593 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10594 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10598 ;;;***
10600 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19562
10601 ;;;;;; 42953))
10602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10604 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10605 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10606 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10607 started, play around with the following keys:
10608 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10612 ;;;***
10614 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10615 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19562 42953))
10616 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10618 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10619 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10621 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10622 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10623 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10624 C-c < forms-first-record <
10625 C-c > forms-last-record >
10626 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10627 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10628 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10629 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10630 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10631 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10632 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10633 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10634 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10635 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10637 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10639 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10640 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10642 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10644 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10645 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10647 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10649 ;;;***
10651 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10652 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10655 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10656 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10657 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10659 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10660 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10662 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10664 Key definitions:
10665 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10667 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10669 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10670 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10671 `fortran-do-indent'
10672 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10673 `fortran-if-indent'
10674 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10675 `fortran-structure-indent'
10676 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10677 (default 3)
10678 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10679 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10680 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10681 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10682 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10683 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10684 nil don't change the indentation
10685 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10686 value of either
10687 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10688 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10689 depending on the continuation format in use.
10690 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10691 indentation for a line of code.
10692 (default 'fixed)
10693 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10694 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10695 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10696 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10697 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10698 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10699 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10700 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10701 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10702 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10703 column 5.
10704 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10705 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10706 statements (default nil).
10707 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10708 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10709 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10710 `fortran-continuation-string'
10711 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10712 line (default \"$\").
10713 `fortran-comment-region'
10714 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10715 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10716 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10717 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10718 as typed (default t).
10719 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10720 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10722 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10723 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10725 \(fn)" t nil)
10727 ;;;***
10729 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10730 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19714 43298))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10733 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10734 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10736 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10737 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10739 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10741 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10742 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10744 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10745 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10747 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10749 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10750 Compile fortune file.
10752 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10753 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10755 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10757 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10758 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10760 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10761 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10762 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10763 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10765 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10767 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10768 Display a fortune cookie.
10769 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10770 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10771 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10772 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10774 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10776 ;;;***
10778 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10779 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
10780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10782 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10783 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10785 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10787 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10788 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10789 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10790 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10792 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10793 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10794 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10795 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10797 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10798 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10799 shown in some of the buffers.
10801 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10803 The following commands help control operation :
10805 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10806 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10808 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10809 detailed description of this mode.
10812 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10813 | GDB Toolbar |
10814 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10815 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10816 | | |
10817 | | |
10818 | | |
10819 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10820 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10821 | | (comint-mode) |
10822 | | |
10823 | | |
10824 | | |
10825 | | |
10826 | | |
10827 | | |
10828 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10829 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10830 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10831 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10832 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10833 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10835 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10837 ;;;***
10839 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10840 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19598
10841 ;;;;;; 13691))
10842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10844 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10845 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10846 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10847 instead (which see).")
10849 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10850 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10852 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10853 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10854 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10855 documentation string instead.
10857 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10858 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10859 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10860 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10861 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10862 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10863 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10864 enders are actually possible.
10866 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10867 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10869 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10870 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10871 `font-lock-keywords'.
10873 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10874 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10875 runs the macro expansion.
10877 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10878 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10879 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10881 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10883 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10885 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
10887 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10888 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10890 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10892 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10893 Enter generic mode MODE.
10895 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10896 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10897 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10899 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10900 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10902 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10904 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10905 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10906 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10907 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10908 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10909 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10910 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10911 `font-lock-keywords'.
10913 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10915 ;;;***
10917 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10918 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10921 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10922 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10923 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10924 at places they belong to.
10926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10928 ;;;***
10930 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10931 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10932 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10935 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10936 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10937 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10939 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10941 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10942 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10944 Guideline for numbers:
10945 1 - error messages
10946 3 - non-serious error messages
10947 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10948 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10949 9 - messages inside loops.
10951 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10953 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10954 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10955 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10957 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10959 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10960 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10962 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10964 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10965 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10967 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10968 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10969 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10970 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10971 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10972 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10974 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10975 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10976 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10977 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10978 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10980 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10982 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10984 ;;;***
10986 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10987 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19714 43298))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10989 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
10990 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
10992 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
10993 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10997 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
10998 Read network news.
10999 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11000 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11001 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11002 name of an NNTP server to use.
11003 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11004 server.
11006 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11008 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11009 Read news as a slave.
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11014 Pop up a frame to read news.
11015 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11016 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11017 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11018 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11019 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11020 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11021 current display is used.
11023 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11025 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11026 Read network news.
11027 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11028 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11029 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11031 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11033 ;;;***
11035 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11036 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11037 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11038 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11039 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11040 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19714 43298))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11043 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11044 Start Gnus unplugged.
11046 \(fn)" t nil)
11048 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11049 Start Gnus plugged.
11051 \(fn)" t nil)
11053 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11054 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11058 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11059 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11061 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11062 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11063 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11065 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11066 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11067 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11069 \(fn)" t nil)
11071 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11072 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11074 \(fn)" nil nil)
11076 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11077 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11078 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11079 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11080 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11081 supported.
11083 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11086 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11087 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11088 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11089 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11090 supported.
11092 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11094 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11095 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11097 \(fn)" nil nil)
11099 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11100 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11101 downloaded into the agent.
11103 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11105 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11106 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11107 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11108 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11110 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11112 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11113 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11115 \(fn)" t nil)
11117 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11118 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11120 \(fn)" t nil)
11122 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11123 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11124 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11126 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11128 ;;;***
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11131 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11134 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11135 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11137 \(fn)" nil nil)
11139 ;;;***
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11142 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19714 43298))
11143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11145 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11146 Set a bookmark for this article.
11148 \(fn)" t nil)
11150 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11151 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11153 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11155 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11156 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11157 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11158 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11159 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11161 \(fn)" t nil)
11163 ;;;***
11165 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11166 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11167 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19714
11168 ;;;;;; 43298))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11171 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11172 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11174 Usage:
11175 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11177 \(fn)" t nil)
11179 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11180 Generate the cache active file.
11182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11184 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11185 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11187 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11189 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11190 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11191 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11192 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11193 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11194 supported.
11196 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11198 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11199 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11200 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11201 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11202 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11203 supported.
11205 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11207 ;;;***
11209 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11210 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19714 43298))
11211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11213 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11214 Delay this article by some time.
11215 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11217 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11218 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11220 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11221 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11223 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11224 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11226 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11228 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11229 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11231 \(fn)" t nil)
11233 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11234 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11235 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11236 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11238 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11239 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11241 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11246 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19714 43298))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11249 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11250 Not documented
11252 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11254 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11255 Not documented
11257 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11259 ;;;***
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11262 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11265 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11266 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11268 \(fn)" t nil)
11270 ;;;***
11272 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11273 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11276 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11277 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11279 \(fn)" t nil)
11281 ;;;***
11283 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11284 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11285 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19640
11286 ;;;;;; 47194))
11287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11289 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11290 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11292 \(fn)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11295 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11297 \(fn)" t nil)
11299 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11300 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11302 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11303 different input formats.
11305 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11307 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11308 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11310 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11311 different input formats.
11313 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11315 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11316 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11317 The PNG is returned as a string.
11319 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11321 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11322 Convert FILE to a Face.
11323 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11324 726 bytes.
11326 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11328 ;;;***
11330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11331 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19717 39999))
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11334 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11335 Display gravatar in the From header.
11336 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11338 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11340 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11341 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11342 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11344 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11346 ;;;***
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11349 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19714 43298))
11350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11352 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11353 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11354 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11355 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11357 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11359 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11360 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11362 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11364 ;;;***
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11367 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19714 43298))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11370 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11371 Not documented
11373 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11375 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11376 Not documented
11378 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11380 ;;;***
11382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11383 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11386 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11388 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11389 Run batched scoring.
11390 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11392 \(fn)" t nil)
11394 ;;;***
11396 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11397 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11398 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11401 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11402 Not documented
11404 \(fn)" nil nil)
11406 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11407 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11408 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11410 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11412 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11413 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11415 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11419 ;;;***
11421 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11422 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11423 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11426 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11427 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11428 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11429 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11430 group parameters.
11432 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11433 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11434 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11435 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11437 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11438 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11439 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11440 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11441 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11442 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11443 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11444 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11445 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11446 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11448 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11450 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11451 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11452 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11453 nil CATCH-ALL).
11455 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11456 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11458 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11460 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11461 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11462 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11464 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11466 \(fn)" nil nil)
11468 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11469 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11470 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11472 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11474 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11475 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11476 existing groups are considered.
11478 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11479 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11480 returned.
11482 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11483 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11484 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11485 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11486 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11487 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11488 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11489 clauses will be generated.
11491 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11492 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11493 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11494 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11495 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11496 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11498 For example, given the following group parameters:
11500 nnml:mail.bar:
11501 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11502 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11503 nnml:mail.foo:
11504 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11505 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11506 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11507 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11508 nnml:mail.others:
11509 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11511 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11513 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11514 \"mail.bar\")
11515 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11516 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11517 \"mail.others\")
11519 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11521 ;;;***
11523 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11524 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19714 43298))
11525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11527 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11528 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11529 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11530 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11532 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11534 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11535 Mail to ADDRESS.
11537 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11539 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11540 Like `message-reply'.
11542 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11544 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11546 ;;;***
11548 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11549 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11550 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11553 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11554 Display picons in the From header.
11555 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11557 \(fn)" t nil)
11559 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11560 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11561 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11563 \(fn)" t nil)
11565 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11566 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11567 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11569 \(fn)" t nil)
11571 ;;;***
11573 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11574 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11575 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11576 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11577 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19619 52030))
11578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11580 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11581 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11582 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11583 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11585 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11587 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11588 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11589 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11590 LIST1 is modified.
11592 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11594 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11595 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11596 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11598 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11600 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11601 Not documented
11603 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11605 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11606 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11607 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11609 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11611 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11612 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11613 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11615 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11617 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11619 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11620 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11621 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11623 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11625 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11626 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11627 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11629 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11632 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11633 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11635 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11637 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11638 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11640 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11642 ;;;***
11644 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11645 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19714 43298))
11646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11648 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11649 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11651 \(fn)" t nil)
11653 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11654 Install the registry hooks.
11656 \(fn)" t nil)
11658 ;;;***
11660 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11661 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19598
11662 ;;;;;; 13691))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11665 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11666 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11667 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11668 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11669 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11670 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11672 \(fn)" t nil)
11674 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11675 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11676 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11677 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11678 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11680 \(fn)" t nil)
11682 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11683 Not documented
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11687 ;;;***
11689 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11690 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11691 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11693 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11694 Update the format specification near point.
11696 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11698 ;;;***
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11701 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11704 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11705 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11707 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11709 ;;;***
11711 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11712 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
11713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11715 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
11716 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11717 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11719 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
11721 ;;;***
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11724 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19640 47194))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11727 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
11728 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11730 \(fn)" t nil)
11732 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
11733 Install the sync hooks.
11735 \(fn)" t nil)
11737 ;;;***
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11740 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11743 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11744 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11746 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11748 ;;;***
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19714 43298))
11751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11753 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11754 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11756 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11757 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11758 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11760 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11761 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11762 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11764 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11765 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11767 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11768 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11770 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11772 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11774 ;;;***
11776 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11777 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19562
11778 ;;;;;; 42953))
11779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11781 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11783 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11784 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11785 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11786 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11787 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11789 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11791 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11792 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11793 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11794 or to send e-mail.
11795 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11796 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11798 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11799 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11801 \(fn)" t nil)
11802 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11804 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11805 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11809 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11810 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11814 ;;;***
11816 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve) "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el"
11817 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11818 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
11820 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
11821 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
11822 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
11824 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
11826 ;;;***
11828 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11829 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11830 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19714 43298))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11833 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11834 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11836 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11838 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11839 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11840 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11841 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11842 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11844 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11845 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11846 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11848 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11850 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11851 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11852 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11853 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11854 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11856 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11858 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11859 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11861 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11863 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11864 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11866 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11867 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11868 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11870 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11871 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11872 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11874 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11875 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11876 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11877 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11879 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11880 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11881 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11882 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11883 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11885 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11887 (defvar grep-history nil)
11889 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11891 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11892 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11893 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11895 \(fn)" nil nil)
11897 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11898 Not documented
11900 \(fn)" nil nil)
11902 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11903 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11905 \(fn)" nil nil)
11907 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11908 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11909 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11910 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11911 found matches.
11913 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11914 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11916 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11917 can easily repeat a grep command.
11919 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11920 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11921 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11922 list is empty).
11924 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11926 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11927 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11928 Collect output in a buffer.
11929 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11930 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11932 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11933 easily repeat a find command.
11935 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11937 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11939 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11940 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11941 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11942 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11943 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11945 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11946 before it is executed.
11947 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11949 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11950 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11951 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11953 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11955 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11957 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11958 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11959 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11960 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11961 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11963 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11964 before it is executed.
11965 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11967 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11968 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11969 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11971 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11973 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11975 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11976 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11977 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11978 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11980 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11982 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11984 ;;;***
11986 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19562 42953))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11989 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11990 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11991 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11992 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11993 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11995 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11997 ;;;***
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12000 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19714 43298))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12003 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12004 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12005 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12006 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12008 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12010 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12011 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12012 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12013 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12015 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12017 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12018 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12019 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12020 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12022 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12024 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12025 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12026 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12027 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12029 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12030 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12032 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12034 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12035 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12036 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12037 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12039 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12041 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12042 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12043 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12044 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12046 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12048 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12049 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12050 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12051 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12052 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12054 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12055 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12056 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12057 original source file access method.
12059 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12060 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12062 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12063 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12065 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12066 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12068 \(fn)" t nil)
12070 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12071 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12072 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12074 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12075 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12077 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12079 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12080 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12084 ;;;***
12086 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19562
12087 ;;;;;; 42953))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12090 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12091 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12092 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12093 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12095 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12096 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12097 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12098 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12100 \(fn)" t nil)
12102 ;;;***
12104 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12105 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12106 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12108 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12109 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12111 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12113 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12114 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12115 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12116 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12118 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12120 \(fn)" t nil)
12122 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12123 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12124 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12125 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12126 to be updated.
12128 \(fn)" t nil)
12130 ;;;***
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12133 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12134 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19640 47194))
12135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12137 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12138 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12142 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12143 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12144 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12146 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12148 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12149 Verify a hashcash payment
12151 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12153 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12154 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12155 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12156 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12157 `mail-add-payment-async').
12159 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12161 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12162 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12163 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12164 Calculation is asynchronous.
12166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12168 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12169 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12170 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12174 ;;;***
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12177 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12178 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12179 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19562 42953))
12180 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12182 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12183 Return the help-echo string at point.
12184 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12185 property, or nil, is returned.
12186 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12187 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12188 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12190 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12192 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12193 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12194 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12195 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12196 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12198 \(fn)" nil nil)
12200 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12201 Display local help in the echo area.
12202 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12203 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12204 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12205 printed instead.
12207 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12208 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12209 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12213 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12214 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12215 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12217 \(fn)" t nil)
12219 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12220 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12221 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12223 \(fn)" t nil)
12225 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12226 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12227 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12228 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12229 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12230 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12231 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12232 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12233 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12234 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12235 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12237 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12238 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12239 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12240 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12241 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12243 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12244 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12245 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12246 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12247 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12248 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12249 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12250 The default is `never'.")
12252 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12254 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12255 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12256 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12257 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12258 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12259 considered different regions.
12261 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12262 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12263 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12264 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12265 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12266 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12267 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12268 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12269 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12271 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12273 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12274 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12275 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12276 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12277 different regions.
12279 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12280 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12281 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12282 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12283 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12284 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12285 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12286 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12288 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12289 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12290 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12291 rarely happens in practice.
12293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12295 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12296 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12297 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12298 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12299 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12300 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12304 ;;;***
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12307 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12308 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12309 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19714 43298))
12310 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12312 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12313 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12315 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12317 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12318 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12319 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12321 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12323 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12324 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12325 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12326 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12327 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12328 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12329 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12330 search for a function definition.
12332 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12333 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12334 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12335 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12336 suitable file is found, return nil.
12338 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12340 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12341 Not documented
12343 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12346 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12347 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12348 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12350 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12352 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12353 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12354 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12355 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12356 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12357 it is displayed along with the global value.
12359 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12361 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12362 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12363 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12364 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12366 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12368 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12369 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12370 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12371 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12372 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12374 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12376 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12377 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12379 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12381 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12382 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12384 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12386 ;;;***
12388 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12389 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
12390 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12392 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12393 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12394 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12395 window listing and describing the options.
12396 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12397 gives the window that lists the options.")
12399 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12401 ;;;***
12403 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12404 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12405 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19640
12406 ;;;;;; 47194))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12409 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12410 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12411 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12412 Commands:
12413 \\{help-mode-map}
12415 \(fn)" t nil)
12417 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12418 Not documented
12420 \(fn)" nil nil)
12422 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12423 Not documented
12425 \(fn)" nil nil)
12427 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12428 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12430 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12431 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12432 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12433 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12435 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12436 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12437 restore it properly when going back.
12439 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12442 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12443 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12444 current buffer.
12445 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12446 exists, it is created.
12448 \(fn)" nil nil)
12450 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12451 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12453 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12454 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12455 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12456 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12457 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12458 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12459 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12460 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12462 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12463 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12464 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12465 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12467 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12468 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12469 that.
12471 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12473 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12474 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12475 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12476 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12477 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12478 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12480 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12482 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12483 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12484 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12485 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12486 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12488 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12490 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12491 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12493 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12495 ;;;***
12497 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12498 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19598 13691))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12501 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12502 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12504 \(fn)" t nil)
12506 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12507 Provide help for current mode.
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12511 ;;;***
12513 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12514 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19714 43298))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12517 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12518 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12519 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12520 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12521 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12523 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12524 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12526 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12527 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12528 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12529 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12531 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12532 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12533 periods.
12535 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12536 in hexl format.
12538 A sample format:
12540 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12541 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12542 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12543 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12544 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12545 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12546 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12547 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12548 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12549 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12550 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12551 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12552 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12553 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12554 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12556 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12557 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12558 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12560 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12561 also supported.
12563 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12565 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12566 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12567 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12569 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12570 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12571 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12573 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12574 into the buffer at the current point.
12576 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12577 into the buffer at the current point.
12579 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12580 into the buffer at the current point.
12582 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12584 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12585 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12587 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12589 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12593 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12594 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12595 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12596 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12598 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12600 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12601 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12602 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12604 \(fn)" t nil)
12606 ;;;***
12608 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12609 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12610 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12611 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
12612 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12614 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12615 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12617 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12618 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12619 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12620 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12621 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12622 called interactively, are:
12624 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12625 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12627 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12628 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12629 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12630 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12632 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12633 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12635 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12636 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12638 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12639 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12640 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12641 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12642 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12643 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12644 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12645 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12646 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12647 function returns t.
12649 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12650 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12652 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12653 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12654 form:
12655 Hi-lock: FOO
12656 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12657 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12658 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12659 Patterns will be read until
12660 Hi-lock: end
12661 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12665 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12666 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12667 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12669 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12670 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12672 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12674 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12675 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12676 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12677 ARG is positive.
12678 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12679 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12680 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12684 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12686 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12687 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12689 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12690 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12691 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12692 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12693 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12695 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12697 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12699 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12700 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12702 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12703 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12704 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12705 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12706 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12708 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12710 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12712 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12713 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12715 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12716 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12718 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12720 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12722 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12723 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12725 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12726 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12727 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12728 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12729 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12731 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12733 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12734 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12736 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12737 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12738 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12740 \(fn)" t nil)
12742 ;;;***
12744 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12745 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12748 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12749 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12750 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12751 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12752 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12753 how the hiding is done:
12755 `hide-ifdef-env'
12756 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12757 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12758 is used.
12760 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12761 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12762 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12763 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12764 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12766 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12767 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12768 #endif lines when hiding.
12770 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12771 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12772 is activated.
12774 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12775 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12776 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12778 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12782 ;;;***
12784 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12785 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12788 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12789 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12790 Each element has the form
12791 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12793 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12794 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12796 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12797 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12799 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12800 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12801 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12802 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12803 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12804 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12806 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12807 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12809 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12810 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12812 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12813 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12814 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12816 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12817 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12818 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12819 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12820 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12822 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12823 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12824 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12826 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12827 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12829 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12831 Key bindings:
12832 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12836 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12837 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12839 \(fn)" nil nil)
12841 ;;;***
12843 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12844 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12845 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12846 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12847 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19640
12848 ;;;;;; 47194))
12849 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12851 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12852 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12854 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12856 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12857 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12858 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12859 on and off.
12861 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12862 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12863 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12864 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12865 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12866 through various faces.
12867 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12868 buffer with the contents of a file
12869 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12873 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12874 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12876 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12877 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12878 in a distinctive face.
12880 The default value can be customized with variable
12881 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12883 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12887 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12888 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12889 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12893 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12894 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12896 \(fn)" t nil)
12898 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12899 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12901 \(fn)" t nil)
12903 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12904 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12906 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12907 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12908 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12909 shown in the last face in the list.
12911 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12912 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12913 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12915 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12917 \(fn)" t nil)
12919 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12920 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12922 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12924 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12925 to save the file.
12927 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12928 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12930 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12931 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12932 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12934 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12936 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12937 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12939 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12940 this function is called interactively.
12942 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12943 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12944 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12946 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12947 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12948 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12950 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12952 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12953 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12954 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12957 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12959 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12961 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12962 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12963 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12964 ARG is positive.
12965 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12966 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12967 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12971 ;;;***
12973 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12974 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12975 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12976 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12977 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19714 43298))
12978 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12980 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12981 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12982 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12983 or insert functions in this list.")
12985 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12987 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12988 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12990 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12992 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12993 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12995 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12997 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12998 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13000 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13002 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13003 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13005 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13007 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13008 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13009 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13011 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13013 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13014 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13015 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13016 \(as atoms)")
13018 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13020 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13021 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13022 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13023 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13024 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13026 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13028 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13029 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13030 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13031 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13032 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13033 expansions.
13034 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13035 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13036 undoes the expansion.
13038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13040 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13041 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13042 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13043 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13045 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13047 ;;;***
13049 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13050 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
13051 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13053 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13054 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13055 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13057 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13058 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13059 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13060 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13061 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13063 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13064 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13065 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13066 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13071 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13072 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13074 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13075 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13077 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13079 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13080 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13081 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13083 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13084 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13088 ;;;***
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13091 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13092 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13093 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13094 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19714 43298))
13095 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13097 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13099 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13100 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13101 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13103 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13105 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13107 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13109 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13110 Oriental holidays.
13111 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13113 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13115 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13117 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13119 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13120 Local holidays.
13121 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13123 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13125 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13129 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13130 User defined holidays.
13131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13133 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13135 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13137 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13138 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13140 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13142 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13143 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13145 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13147 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13148 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13150 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13152 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13153 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13155 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13157 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13159 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13160 Jewish holidays.
13161 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13163 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13165 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13167 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13169 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13170 Christian holidays.
13171 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13173 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13175 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13177 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13179 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13180 Islamic holidays.
13181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13183 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13185 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13187 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13189 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13190 Baha'i holidays.
13191 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13193 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13195 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13197 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13199 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13200 Sun-related holidays.
13201 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13203 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13205 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13207 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13209 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13210 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13211 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13212 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13216 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13217 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13218 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13219 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13220 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13222 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13223 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13225 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13226 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13228 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13229 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13230 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13231 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13232 of a holiday list.
13234 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13236 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13238 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13240 ;;;***
13242 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19598
13243 ;;;;;; 13691))
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13246 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13247 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13251 ;;;***
13253 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13254 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19640 47194))
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13257 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13258 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13259 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13260 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13261 as possible.
13263 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13264 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13265 fontified display.
13267 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13268 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13270 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13271 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13272 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13274 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13276 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13277 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13278 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13280 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13282 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13284 ;;;***
13286 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13287 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19598
13288 ;;;;;; 13691))
13289 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13291 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13292 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13294 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13295 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13296 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13298 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13299 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13300 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13301 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13302 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13303 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13305 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13306 title of the column.
13308 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13309 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13310 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13311 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13312 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13314 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13316 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13318 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13319 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13320 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13321 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13322 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13324 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13325 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13326 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13328 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13330 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13332 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13333 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13334 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13335 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13336 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13337 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13339 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13340 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13341 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13342 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13343 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13344 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13345 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13346 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13347 values are:
13348 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13349 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13350 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13351 buffer's modification flag.
13352 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13353 prompted before performing this operation.
13354 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13355 operation is complete, in the form:
13356 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13357 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13358 confirmation message, in the form:
13359 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13360 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13361 macro for exactly what it does.
13363 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13365 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13367 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13368 Define a filter named NAME.
13369 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13370 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13371 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13373 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13374 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13375 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13376 bound to the current value of the filter.
13378 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13380 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13382 ;;;***
13384 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13385 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19714 43298))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13388 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13389 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13390 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13391 buffers which are visiting a file.
13393 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13395 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13396 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13397 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13398 buffers which are visiting a file.
13400 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13402 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13403 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13404 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13406 All arguments are optional.
13407 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13408 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13409 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13410 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13411 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13412 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13413 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13414 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13415 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13416 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13417 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13418 that value locally in this buffer.
13420 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13422 ;;;***
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13425 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13426 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19598 13691))
13427 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13429 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13430 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13431 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13432 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13434 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13436 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13437 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13438 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13439 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13440 ICAL-FILENAME.
13441 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13442 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13443 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13445 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13447 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13448 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13449 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13450 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13451 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13452 non-marking or not.
13454 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13456 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13457 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13459 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13460 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13461 DIARY-FILE.
13463 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13464 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13465 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13467 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13468 non-marking.
13470 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13471 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13472 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13474 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13476 ;;;***
13478 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19591
13479 ;;;;;; 62571))
13480 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13482 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13483 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13484 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13487 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13489 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13491 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13492 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13493 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13494 otherwise turn it off.
13496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13498 ;;;***
13500 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19714 43298))
13501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13503 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13504 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13505 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13506 Tab indents for Icon code.
13507 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13509 \\{icon-mode-map}
13510 Variables controlling indentation style:
13511 icon-tab-always-indent
13512 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13513 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13514 icon-auto-newline
13515 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13516 inserted in Icon code.
13517 icon-indent-level
13518 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13519 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13520 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13521 icon-continued-statement-offset
13522 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13523 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13524 icon-continued-brace-offset
13525 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13526 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13527 icon-brace-offset
13528 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13529 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13530 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13531 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13533 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13534 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13536 \(fn)" t nil)
13538 ;;;***
13540 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13541 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
13542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13544 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13545 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13546 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13547 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13549 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13550 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13551 separate frames.
13553 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13554 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13556 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13557 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13558 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13560 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13562 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13564 ;;;***
13566 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13567 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
13568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13570 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13571 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13573 The main features of this mode are
13575 1. Indentation and Formatting
13576 --------------------------
13577 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13578 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13580 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13581 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13582 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13583 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13585 Comments are indented as follows:
13587 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13588 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13589 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13591 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13593 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13594 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13595 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13596 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13597 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13598 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13600 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13601 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13602 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13603 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13605 2. Routine Info
13606 ------------
13607 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13608 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13609 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13610 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13611 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13612 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13613 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13614 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13615 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13616 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13618 3. Online IDL Help
13619 ---------------
13621 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13622 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13623 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13624 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13626 4. Completion
13627 ----------
13628 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13629 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13630 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13631 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13632 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13633 upper case.
13635 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13636 --------------------------------
13637 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13638 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13640 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13641 \\fu FUNCTION template
13642 \\c CASE statement template
13643 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13644 \\f FOR loop template
13645 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13646 \\w WHILE loop template
13647 \\i IF statement template
13648 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13649 \\b BEGIN
13651 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13652 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13654 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13655 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13656 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13657 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13659 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13660 -------------------------
13661 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13662 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13664 7. Automatic END completion
13665 ------------------------
13666 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13667 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13669 8. Hooks
13670 -----
13671 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13672 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13674 9. Documentation and Customization
13675 -------------------------------
13676 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13677 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13678 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13679 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13680 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13682 10.Keybindings
13683 -----------
13684 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13685 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13686 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13688 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13690 \(fn)" t nil)
13692 ;;;***
13694 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13695 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13696 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13697 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13698 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13699 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13700 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13701 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19619
13702 ;;;;;; 52030))
13703 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13705 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13706 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13707 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13708 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13709 displaying...)
13710 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13711 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13712 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13715 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13717 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13719 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13720 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13721 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13722 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13723 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13724 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13725 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13726 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13727 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13731 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13732 Switch to another buffer.
13733 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13734 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13735 in another frame.
13737 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13738 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13739 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13740 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13741 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13743 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13744 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13746 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13747 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13749 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13750 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13751 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13752 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13753 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13754 in a separate window.
13755 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13756 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13757 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13758 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13759 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13760 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13761 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13762 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13763 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13765 \(fn)" t nil)
13767 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13768 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13772 \(fn)" t nil)
13774 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13775 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13779 \(fn)" t nil)
13781 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13782 Kill a buffer.
13783 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13786 \(fn)" t nil)
13788 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13789 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13790 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13793 \(fn)" t nil)
13795 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13796 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13797 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13800 \(fn)" t nil)
13802 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13803 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13805 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13807 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13808 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13809 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13810 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13811 visible in another frame.
13813 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13814 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13815 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13816 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13817 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13818 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13820 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13821 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13823 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13824 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13826 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13827 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13828 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13829 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13830 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13831 in a separate window.
13832 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13833 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13834 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13835 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13836 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13837 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13838 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13839 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13840 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13841 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13842 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13843 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13844 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13845 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13846 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13848 \(fn)" t nil)
13850 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13851 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13852 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13853 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13855 \(fn)" t nil)
13857 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13858 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13859 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13862 \(fn)" t nil)
13864 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13865 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13869 \(fn)" t nil)
13871 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13872 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13873 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13874 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13876 \(fn)" t nil)
13878 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13879 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13883 \(fn)" t nil)
13885 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13886 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13890 \(fn)" t nil)
13892 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13893 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13897 \(fn)" t nil)
13899 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13900 Write current buffer to a file.
13901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13904 \(fn)" t nil)
13906 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13907 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13908 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13911 \(fn)" t nil)
13913 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13914 Call `dired' the ido way.
13915 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13918 \(fn)" t nil)
13920 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13921 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13922 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13923 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13924 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13925 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13927 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13929 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13930 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13931 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13932 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13934 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13936 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13937 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13938 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13939 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13941 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13943 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13944 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13945 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13946 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13947 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13948 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13949 with `completing-read'.
13950 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13951 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13952 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13953 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13954 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13955 with point positioned at the end.
13956 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13957 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13959 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13961 ;;;***
13963 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19720 64949))
13964 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13965 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13967 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13968 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13969 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13971 \(fn)" t nil)
13973 ;;;***
13975 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19640 47194))
13976 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13978 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
13980 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13981 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13985 ;;;***
13987 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
13988 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
13989 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
13990 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
13991 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
13992 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
13993 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13995 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13996 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13997 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13998 be determined.
14000 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14002 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14003 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14004 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14005 be determined.
14007 \(fn)" nil nil)
14009 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14010 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14011 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14012 be determined.
14014 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14016 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14017 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14018 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14019 be determined.
14021 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14023 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14024 Determine and return image type.
14025 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14026 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14027 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14028 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14029 use its file extension as image type.
14030 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14032 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14034 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14035 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14036 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14038 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14040 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14041 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14042 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14044 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14045 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14046 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14047 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14048 must be available.
14050 \(fn)" nil nil)
14052 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14053 Create an image.
14054 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14055 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14056 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14057 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14058 use its file extension as image type.
14059 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14060 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14061 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14062 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14064 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14066 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14067 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14068 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14070 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14072 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14073 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14074 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14075 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14076 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14077 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14078 POS may be an integer or marker.
14079 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14080 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14081 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14082 means display it in the right marginal area.
14084 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14086 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14087 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14088 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14089 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14090 defaulted if you omit it.
14091 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14092 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14093 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14094 means display it in the right marginal area.
14095 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14096 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14097 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14098 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14099 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14101 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14103 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14104 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14105 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14106 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14107 defaulted if you omit it.
14108 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14109 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14110 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14111 means display it in the right marginal area.
14112 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14114 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14116 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14117 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14118 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14119 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14121 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14123 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14124 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14126 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14128 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14129 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14130 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14131 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14132 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14133 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14134 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14135 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14136 satisfied.
14138 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14140 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14142 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14144 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14145 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14147 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14148 documentation string.
14150 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14151 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14152 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14153 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14154 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14155 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14156 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14157 define SYMBOL.
14159 Example:
14161 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14162 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14164 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14166 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14168 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14169 Create an animated image.
14170 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14171 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14172 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14173 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14174 use its file extension as image type.
14175 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14176 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14177 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14178 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14180 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14182 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14184 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14185 Register the file types that ImageMagick is able to handle.
14187 \(fn)" nil nil)
14189 ;;;***
14191 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14192 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14193 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14194 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14195 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14196 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14197 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14198 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19562 42953))
14199 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14201 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14202 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14203 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14204 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14205 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14206 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14210 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14211 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14213 Convenience command that:
14215 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14216 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14217 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14219 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14220 image files in dired and type
14221 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14223 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14225 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14226 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14228 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14230 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14231 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14232 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14233 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14234 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14235 another one).
14237 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14238 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14239 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14241 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14242 instead of erasing it first.
14244 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14245 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14246 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14247 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14248 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14249 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14251 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14253 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14254 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14255 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14256 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14257 displayed.
14259 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14261 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14263 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14265 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14266 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14268 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14270 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14271 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14272 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14274 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14276 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14277 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14279 \(fn)" t nil)
14281 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14282 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14283 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14284 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14286 \(fn)" t nil)
14288 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14289 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14291 \(fn)" t nil)
14293 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14294 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14296 \(fn)" t nil)
14298 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14299 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14301 \(fn)" t nil)
14303 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14304 Display current image file.
14305 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14306 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14310 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14311 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14313 \(fn)" t nil)
14315 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14316 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14317 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14318 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14319 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14320 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14321 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14323 \(fn)" t nil)
14325 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14326 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14327 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14328 easy-to-use form.
14330 \(fn)" t nil)
14332 ;;;***
14334 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14335 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14336 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19562 42953))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14339 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14340 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14341 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14342 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14344 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14345 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14346 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14347 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14349 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14351 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14352 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14353 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14354 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14356 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14357 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14358 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14359 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14361 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14363 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14364 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14366 \(fn)" nil nil)
14368 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14369 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14370 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14371 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14373 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14375 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14376 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14377 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14380 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14382 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14384 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14385 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14386 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14387 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14389 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14390 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14391 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14395 ;;;***
14397 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14398 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19619 52030))
14399 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14401 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14402 Major mode for image files.
14403 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14404 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14406 \(fn)" t nil)
14408 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14409 Toggle Image minor mode.
14410 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14411 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14412 to display an image file as the actual image.
14414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14416 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14417 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14418 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14419 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14420 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14421 to display an image file as the actual image.
14423 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14424 to display an image file as text initially.
14426 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14427 on these modes.
14429 \(fn)" t nil)
14431 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14432 Not documented
14434 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14436 ;;;***
14438 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14439 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19619 52030))
14440 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14442 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14443 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14445 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14447 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14448 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14449 in the buffer.
14451 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14453 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14454 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14455 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14457 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14459 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14460 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14462 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14463 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14464 pattern's structure.
14466 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14467 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14468 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14469 during matching.")
14470 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14472 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14474 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14475 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14477 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14478 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14479 called within a `save-excursion'.
14481 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14483 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14485 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14486 Function for finding the next index position.
14488 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14489 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14490 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14491 file.
14493 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14494 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14496 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14498 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14499 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14501 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14502 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14503 It should return the name for that index item.")
14505 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14507 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14508 Function to compare string with index item.
14510 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14511 non-nil if they match.
14513 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14514 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14515 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14516 arguments match\".")
14518 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14520 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14521 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14522 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14524 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14525 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14527 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14529 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14531 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14532 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14533 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14534 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14536 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14538 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14539 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14541 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14543 \(fn)" t nil)
14545 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14546 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14547 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14548 for more information.
14550 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14552 ;;;***
14554 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14555 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14556 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19562 42953))
14557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14559 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14560 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14564 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14565 Not documented
14567 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14569 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14570 Not documented
14572 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14574 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14575 Not documented
14577 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14579 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14580 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14584 ;;;***
14586 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14587 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14588 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19714 43298))
14589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14591 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14592 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14593 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14594 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14595 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14597 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14599 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14600 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14602 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14604 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14605 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14606 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14607 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14608 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14609 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14610 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14611 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14613 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14615 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14616 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14617 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14618 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14619 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14621 This variable is only used if the variable
14622 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14624 More precise choices:
14625 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14626 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14627 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14629 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14631 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14633 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14634 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14636 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14637 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14638 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14639 to that buffer.
14640 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14641 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14642 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14643 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14645 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14646 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14648 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14650 ;;;***
14652 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14653 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14654 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14655 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14656 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
14657 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14659 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14660 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14662 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14663 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14664 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14666 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14667 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14668 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14669 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14670 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14671 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14672 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14673 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14674 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14675 with the top-level Info directory.
14677 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14678 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14679 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14680 appended to the Info buffer name.
14682 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14683 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14684 in all the directories in that path.
14686 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14688 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14690 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14691 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14693 \(fn)" t nil)
14695 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14696 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14697 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14698 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14700 \(fn)" nil nil)
14702 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14703 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14704 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14705 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14707 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14709 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14710 Go to the Info directory node.
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14714 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14715 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14716 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14717 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14718 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14719 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14721 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14723 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14724 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14725 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14727 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14729 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14730 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14731 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14732 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14733 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14735 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14737 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14738 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14739 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14740 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14741 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14743 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14744 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14746 Selecting other nodes:
14747 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14748 Follow a node reference you click on.
14749 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14750 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14751 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14752 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14753 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14754 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14755 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14756 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14757 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14758 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14759 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14760 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14761 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14762 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14763 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14764 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14765 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14766 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14767 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14768 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14770 Moving within a node:
14771 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14772 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14773 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14774 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14775 move up to the parent node.
14776 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14777 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14778 if there is none.
14779 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14781 Advanced commands:
14782 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14783 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14784 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14785 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14786 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14787 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14788 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14789 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14790 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14791 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14792 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14793 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14794 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14795 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14796 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14797 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14799 \(fn)" t nil)
14800 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14802 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14803 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14804 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14805 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14806 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14807 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14809 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14810 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14812 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14813 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14814 KEY is a string.
14815 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14816 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14817 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14818 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14820 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14822 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14823 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14824 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14828 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14829 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14830 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14832 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14834 ;;;***
14836 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14837 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14838 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
14839 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14841 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14842 Throw away all cached data.
14843 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14844 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14845 system.
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14848 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14850 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14851 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14852 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14853 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14854 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14855 one found at point.
14857 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14859 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14860 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14862 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14863 Display the documentation of a file.
14864 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14865 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14866 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14867 The default file name is the one found at point.
14869 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14871 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14873 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14874 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14876 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14878 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14879 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14881 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14883 ;;;***
14885 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14886 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19562 42953))
14887 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14889 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14890 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14892 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14894 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14895 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14896 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14898 \(fn)" t nil)
14900 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14901 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14902 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14904 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14905 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14906 quite a while.
14908 \(fn)" t nil)
14910 ;;;***
14912 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14913 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19591 62571))
14914 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14916 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14917 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14919 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14921 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14922 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14924 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14926 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14927 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14928 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14929 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14931 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14932 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14933 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14935 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14936 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14937 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14938 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14940 \(fn)" t nil)
14942 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14943 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14944 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14948 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14949 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14950 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14951 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14952 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14954 \(fn)" nil nil)
14956 ;;;***
14958 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14959 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14960 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
14961 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14963 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14964 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14968 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14969 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14971 \(fn)" t nil)
14973 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14974 Not documented
14976 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14978 ;;;***
14980 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19562
14981 ;;;;;; 42953))
14982 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14984 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14985 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14986 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14987 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14988 accessed via isearchb.
14990 \(fn)" t nil)
14992 ;;;***
14994 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14995 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14996 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14997 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19562 42953))
14998 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15000 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15001 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15002 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15003 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15004 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15006 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15008 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15009 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15010 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15011 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15016 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15017 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15018 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15019 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15024 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15025 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15026 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15027 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15028 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15030 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15032 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15033 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15034 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15035 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15040 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15041 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15042 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15043 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15044 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15046 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15048 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15049 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15050 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15051 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15052 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15054 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15056 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15057 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15058 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15059 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15061 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15063 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15064 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15065 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15066 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15068 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15070 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15071 Warn that format is read-only.
15073 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15075 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15076 Warn that format is write-only.
15078 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15080 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15081 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15083 \(fn)" t nil)
15085 ;;;***
15087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15088 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
15089 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15090 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15091 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15092 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15094 ;;;***
15096 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15097 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15098 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15099 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15100 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19714 43298))
15101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15103 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15105 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15106 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15107 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15108 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15109 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15111 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15113 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15115 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15116 Key map for ispell menu.")
15118 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15119 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15120 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15121 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15123 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15125 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15127 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15129 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15131 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15132 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15133 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15134 Valid forms include:
15135 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15136 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15137 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15138 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15140 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15141 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15142 First list is used raw.
15143 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15145 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15146 for skipping in latex mode.")
15148 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15149 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15150 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15151 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15152 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15153 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15154 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15156 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15157 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15158 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15159 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15161 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15162 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15163 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15164 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15165 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15167 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15168 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15170 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15171 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15173 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15174 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15176 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15177 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15179 Return values:
15180 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15181 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15182 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15183 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15184 quit spell session exited.
15186 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15188 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15189 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15190 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15192 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15194 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15195 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15197 Selections are:
15199 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15200 SPC: Accept word this time.
15201 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15202 `a': Accept word for this session.
15203 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15204 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15205 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15206 `?': Show these commands.
15207 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15208 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15209 the aborted check to be completed later.
15210 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15211 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15212 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15213 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15214 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15215 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15216 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15218 \(fn)" nil nil)
15220 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15221 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15222 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15224 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15226 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15227 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15228 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15229 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15231 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15233 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15235 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15236 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15237 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15238 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15240 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15242 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15243 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15245 \(fn)" t nil)
15247 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15248 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15250 \(fn)" t nil)
15252 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15253 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15255 \(fn)" t nil)
15257 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15258 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15259 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15260 sequence inside of a word.
15262 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15264 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15266 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15267 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15269 \(fn)" t nil)
15271 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15272 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15273 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15274 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15276 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15277 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15278 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15279 available on the net.
15281 \(fn)" t nil)
15283 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15284 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15285 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15286 otherwise turn it off.
15288 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15289 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15291 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15292 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15296 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15297 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15298 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15299 Don't check included messages.
15301 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15302 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15303 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15305 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15306 in your .emacs file:
15307 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15308 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15309 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15310 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15312 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15313 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15314 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15318 ;;;***
15320 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19714
15321 ;;;;;; 43298))
15322 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15324 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15325 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15326 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15327 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15328 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15329 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15331 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15333 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15334 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15335 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15336 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15337 `iswitchb' for details.
15339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15341 ;;;***
15343 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15344 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15345 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15346 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19562 42953))
15347 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15349 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15350 Not documented
15352 \(fn)" nil nil)
15354 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15355 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15356 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15357 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15358 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15359 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15360 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15361 necessary to represent OBJ.
15363 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15365 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15366 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15367 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15368 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15370 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15372 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15373 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15374 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15375 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15376 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15378 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15380 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15381 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15382 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15383 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15385 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15387 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15388 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15389 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15390 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15392 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15394 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15395 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15397 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15399 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15400 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15401 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15402 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15403 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15405 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15407 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15408 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15409 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15410 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15411 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15413 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15415 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15416 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15417 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15419 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15421 ;;;***
15423 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15424 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19562 42953))
15425 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15427 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15428 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15429 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15430 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15432 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15433 Not documented
15435 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15437 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15438 Uninstall jka-compr.
15439 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15440 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15441 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15443 \(fn)" nil nil)
15445 ;;;***
15447 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19714 43298))
15448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15450 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15451 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15453 \(fn)" t nil)
15455 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15457 ;;;***
15459 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15460 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15461 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15464 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15465 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15466 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15467 decimal key must be specified.")
15469 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15471 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15472 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15473 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15474 decimal key must be specified.")
15476 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15478 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15479 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15480 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15481 decimal key must be specified.")
15483 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15485 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15486 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15487 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15488 decimal key must be specified.")
15490 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15492 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15493 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15494 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15495 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15496 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15497 keys are bound.
15499 Setup Binding
15500 -------------------------------------------------------------
15501 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15502 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15503 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15504 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15505 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15506 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15507 in the global and local keymaps.
15509 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15510 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15512 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15514 ;;;***
15516 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15517 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15520 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15521 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15522 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15524 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15525 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15526 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15527 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15528 shorter.
15530 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15531 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15532 the context of text formatting.
15534 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15536 ;;;***
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19619
15539 ;;;;;; 52030))
15540 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15542 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15543 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15544 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15545 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15546 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15547 positions that contains the current selection.")
15549 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15550 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15551 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15552 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15553 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15554 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15555 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15557 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15559 ;;;***
15561 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15562 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15563 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15564 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19591 62571))
15565 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15566 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15567 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15568 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15569 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15570 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15571 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15572 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15574 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15575 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15577 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15579 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15580 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15581 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15582 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15583 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15585 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15587 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15588 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15589 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15591 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15592 defining the macro.
15594 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15595 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15596 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15598 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15599 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15603 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15604 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15605 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15606 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15607 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15608 under that name.
15610 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15611 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15612 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15614 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15616 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15617 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15618 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15620 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15621 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15622 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15623 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15625 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15626 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15628 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15630 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15631 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15632 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15634 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15635 macro.
15637 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15638 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15640 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15641 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15642 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15644 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15645 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15647 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15649 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15650 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15651 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15652 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15654 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15656 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15657 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15658 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15659 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15661 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15662 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15664 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15666 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15667 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15668 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15670 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15672 ;;;***
15674 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15675 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19562 42953))
15676 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15678 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15679 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15680 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15682 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15683 Not documented
15685 \(fn)" nil nil)
15687 ;;;***
15689 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15690 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
15691 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15693 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15695 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15696 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15698 \(fn)" t nil)
15700 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15702 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15703 Start or resume an Lm game.
15704 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15705 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15707 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15708 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15709 none / 1 | yes | no
15710 2 | yes | yes
15711 3 | no | yes
15712 4 | no | no
15714 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15715 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15716 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15718 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15720 ;;;***
15722 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15723 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15724 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19562 42953))
15725 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15727 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15728 Not documented
15730 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15732 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15733 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15734 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15735 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15736 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15737 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15739 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15740 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15742 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15744 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15745 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15747 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15749 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15750 Not documented
15752 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15754 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15755 Not documented
15757 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15759 ;;;***
15761 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15762 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15763 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19562 42953))
15764 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15766 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15767 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15768 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15769 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15771 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15773 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15774 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15775 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15777 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15779 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15780 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15781 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15783 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15785 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15786 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15787 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15788 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15790 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15792 ;;;***
15794 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15795 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19562 42953))
15796 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15798 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15799 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15800 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15801 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15802 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15803 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15804 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15805 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15807 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15808 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15811 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15813 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15815 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15816 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15817 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15818 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15819 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15820 `latin1-display-setup'.
15822 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15824 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15825 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15826 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15827 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15830 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15832 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15834 ;;;***
15836 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15837 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15840 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15841 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15843 \(fn)" t nil)
15845 ;;;***
15847 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15848 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15851 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15852 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15854 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15855 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15857 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15858 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15860 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15861 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15862 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15863 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15864 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15865 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15866 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15867 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15868 and transmit saved text.
15870 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15871 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15872 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15874 \(fn)" t nil)
15876 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15877 Not documented
15879 \(fn)" nil nil)
15881 ;;;***
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19714 43298))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15886 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15887 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15888 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15889 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15890 generations (this defaults to 1).
15892 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15894 ;;;***
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15897 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19598 13691))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15900 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15901 Format used to display line numbers.
15902 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15903 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15904 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15905 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15907 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15909 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15910 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15914 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15915 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15916 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15919 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15921 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15923 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15924 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15925 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15926 ARG is positive.
15927 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15928 `linum-on' would do it.
15929 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15933 ;;;***
15935 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19591
15936 ;;;;;; 62571))
15937 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15939 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15940 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15941 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15942 is nil, raise an error.
15944 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15945 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15946 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15947 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15948 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15949 defined by the library.
15951 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15952 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15953 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15954 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15955 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15956 proceeds.
15958 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15959 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15960 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15961 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15963 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15965 ;;;***
15967 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15968 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19714 43298))
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15971 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15972 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15973 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15975 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15977 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15978 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15979 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15980 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15982 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15983 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15984 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15985 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15986 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15987 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15988 the version.)
15990 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15991 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15993 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15994 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15996 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
15997 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
15999 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16001 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16002 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16003 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16004 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16005 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16006 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16007 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16008 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16009 to constrain a big search.
16011 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16013 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16014 except that FILTER is not optional.
16016 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16018 ;;;***
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19714 43298))
16021 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16023 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16024 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16025 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16026 if MODE is nil.
16027 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16028 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16029 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16030 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16031 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16033 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16034 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16035 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16036 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16037 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16039 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16040 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16041 uses the current buffer.
16043 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16045 ;;;***
16047 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19640
16048 ;;;;;; 47194))
16049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16051 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16052 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16054 \(fn)" t nil)
16056 ;;;***
16058 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19591
16059 ;;;;;; 62571))
16060 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16062 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16063 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16064 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16065 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16066 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16068 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16069 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16070 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16072 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16073 are indicated with a symbol.
16075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16077 ;;;***
16079 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16080 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19714
16081 ;;;;;; 43298))
16082 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16084 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16086 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16088 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16089 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16090 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16092 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16093 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16095 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16096 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16097 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16098 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16099 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16100 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16101 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16103 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16105 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16106 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16107 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16108 switch on this list.
16109 See `lpr-command'.")
16111 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16113 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16114 Name of program for printing a file.
16116 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16117 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16118 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16119 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16120 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16121 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16122 argument.")
16124 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16126 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16127 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16128 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16129 for customization of the printer command.
16131 \(fn)" t nil)
16133 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16134 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16136 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16137 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16138 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16139 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16141 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16142 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16144 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16145 for further customization of the printer command.
16147 \(fn)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16150 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16151 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16152 for customization of the printer command.
16154 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16156 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16157 Paginate and print the region contents.
16159 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16160 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16161 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16162 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16164 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16165 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16167 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16168 for further customization of the printer command.
16170 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16172 ;;;***
16174 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16175 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
16176 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16178 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16179 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16180 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16182 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16184 ;;;***
16186 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19598
16187 ;;;;;; 13691))
16188 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16190 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16191 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16192 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16193 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16197 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16199 ;;;***
16201 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19714
16202 ;;;;;; 43298))
16203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16205 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16206 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16208 \(fn)" t nil)
16210 ;;;***
16212 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16213 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
16214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16216 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16217 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16218 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16219 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16220 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16222 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16224 ;;;***
16226 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16227 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19598 13691))
16228 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16230 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16231 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16232 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16233 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16234 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16236 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16239 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16240 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16241 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16243 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16244 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16245 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16246 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16247 bindings.
16249 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16250 use this command, and then save the file.
16252 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16254 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16255 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16256 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16257 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16258 each time the macro executes.
16259 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16260 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16261 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16262 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16263 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16264 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16265 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16267 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16269 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16270 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16271 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16272 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16274 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16275 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16276 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16277 execute.
16279 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16280 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16282 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16283 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16284 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16285 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16286 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16288 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16289 looked like this:
16291 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16292 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16293 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16295 You could enter the names in this format:
16301 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16303 \\C-x (
16304 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16305 \\C-x )
16307 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16308 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16310 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16311 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16313 ;;;***
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16316 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19714 43298))
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16319 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16320 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16321 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16322 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16323 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16324 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16326 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16327 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16328 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16329 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16330 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16332 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16333 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16334 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16335 consing a string.)
16337 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16339 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16340 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16342 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16344 ;;;***
16346 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16347 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16348 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
16349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16351 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16352 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16354 \(fn)" nil nil)
16356 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16357 Not documented
16359 \(fn)" nil nil)
16361 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16362 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16364 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16366 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16367 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16368 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16369 message.
16371 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16373 \(fn)" nil nil)
16375 ;;;***
16377 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16378 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16379 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16380 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
16381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16383 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16384 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16385 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16386 often correct parser.")
16388 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16390 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16391 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16393 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16395 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16396 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16397 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16398 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16400 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16402 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16403 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16404 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16405 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16407 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16409 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16410 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16411 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16412 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16414 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16416 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16417 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16418 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16419 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16420 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16421 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16422 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16423 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16424 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16425 as Rmail does.
16427 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16429 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16430 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16431 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16432 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16433 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16434 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16435 matches may be returned from the message body.
16437 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16439 ;;;***
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16442 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19591
16443 ;;;;;; 62571))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16446 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16447 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16448 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16449 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16450 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16451 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16453 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16455 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16456 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16460 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16461 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16463 \(fn)" nil nil)
16465 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16466 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16467 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16469 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16471 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16472 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16473 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16475 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16476 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16477 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16478 double-quotes.
16480 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16482 ;;;***
16484 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16485 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19591
16486 ;;;;;; 62571))
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16489 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16490 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16491 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16492 king@grassland.com
16493 If `parens', they look like:
16494 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16495 If `angles', they look like:
16496 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16498 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16500 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16501 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16502 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16503 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16504 their `Resent-' variants.
16506 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16507 removed from alias expansions.
16509 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16511 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16512 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16513 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16515 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16516 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16517 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16518 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16520 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16522 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16523 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16524 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16525 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16527 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16529 ;;;***
16531 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16532 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
16533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16535 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16536 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16537 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16538 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16540 \(fn)" nil nil)
16542 ;;;***
16544 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16545 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16546 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19598 13691))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16549 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16550 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16552 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16553 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16554 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16555 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16556 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16557 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16559 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16560 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16561 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16562 dependency, despite the colon.
16564 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16566 In the browser, use the following keys:
16568 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16570 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16572 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16573 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16575 `makefile-target-colon':
16576 The string that gets appended to all target names
16577 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16578 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16580 `makefile-macro-assign':
16581 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16582 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16583 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16584 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16585 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16586 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16588 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16589 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16590 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16592 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16593 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16595 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16596 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16597 up or down in the browser.
16599 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16600 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16602 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16603 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16605 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16606 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16607 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16608 has been selected in the browser.
16610 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16611 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16612 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16613 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16614 filenames are omitted.
16616 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16617 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16618 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16619 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16620 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16621 the backslash itself intact.
16622 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16623 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16625 `makefile-browser-hook':
16626 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16627 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16629 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16630 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16631 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16632 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16634 \(fn)" t nil)
16636 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16637 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16639 \(fn)" t nil)
16641 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16642 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16644 \(fn)" t nil)
16646 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16647 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16649 \(fn)" t nil)
16651 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16652 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16654 \(fn)" t nil)
16656 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16657 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16659 \(fn)" t nil)
16661 ;;;***
16663 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19714
16664 ;;;;;; 43298))
16665 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16667 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16668 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16669 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16671 \(fn)" t nil)
16673 ;;;***
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16676 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16679 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16681 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16682 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16683 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16684 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16685 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16686 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16687 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16688 page, it will display immediately.
16690 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16691 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16692 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16694 cat(1)
16695 1 cat
16697 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16698 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16699 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16700 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16702 -a chmod
16704 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16705 otherwise look like a page name.
16707 /my/file/name.1.gz
16708 -l somefile.1
16710 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16711 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16712 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16714 -k pattern
16716 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16718 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16719 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16721 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16723 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
16724 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
16726 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
16728 ;;;***
16730 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19562 42953))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16733 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16734 Toggle Master mode.
16735 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16736 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16737 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16739 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16740 following commands:
16742 \\{master-mode-map}
16744 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16745 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16746 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16750 ;;;***
16752 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16753 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16756 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16757 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16758 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16761 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16763 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16765 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16766 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16767 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16768 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16769 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16771 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16772 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16776 ;;;***
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16779 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16780 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16781 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16782 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16783 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16784 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19717 39999))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16787 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16789 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16790 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16791 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16792 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16793 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16794 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16795 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16796 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16797 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16798 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16799 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16800 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16801 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16802 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16803 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16804 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16805 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16806 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16807 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16808 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16809 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16810 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16811 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16812 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16813 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16814 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16815 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16816 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16817 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16818 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16819 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16820 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16821 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16822 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16823 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16824 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16825 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16826 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16828 \(fn)" t nil)
16830 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16831 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16832 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16833 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16834 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16836 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16838 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16839 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16841 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16843 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16844 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16846 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16848 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16849 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16851 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16853 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16854 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16855 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16857 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16859 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16860 Cancel an article you posted.
16861 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16865 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16866 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16867 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16868 header line with the old Message-ID.
16870 \(fn)" t nil)
16872 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16873 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16875 \(fn)" t nil)
16877 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16878 Forward the current message via mail.
16879 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16880 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16882 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16884 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16885 Not documented
16887 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16889 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16890 Not documented
16892 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16894 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16895 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16897 \(fn)" t nil)
16899 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16900 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16902 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16904 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16905 Re-mail the current message.
16906 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16907 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16908 you.
16910 \(fn)" t nil)
16912 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16913 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16915 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16917 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16918 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16920 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16922 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16923 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16925 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16927 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16928 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16930 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16932 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16933 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16934 Works by overstriking characters.
16935 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16936 which specify the range to operate on.
16938 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16940 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16941 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16942 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16943 which specify the range to operate on.
16945 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16947 ;;;***
16949 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16950 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16953 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16954 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16956 \(fn)" t nil)
16958 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16959 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16961 \(fn)" t nil)
16963 ;;;***
16965 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16966 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16967 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
16968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16970 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16971 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16972 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16974 \(fn)" t nil)
16976 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16977 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16978 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16979 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16980 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16981 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16982 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16984 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16986 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16987 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16988 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16989 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16990 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16991 means current).
16992 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16993 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16995 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16997 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16998 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16999 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17000 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17001 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17002 means current).
17003 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17004 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17006 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17008 ;;;***
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17011 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17012 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19562 42953))
17013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17015 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17016 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17017 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17019 \(fn)" t nil)
17021 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17022 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17023 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17025 \(fn)" t nil)
17027 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17028 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17030 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17031 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17032 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17034 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17035 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17037 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17038 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17040 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17042 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17044 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17045 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17046 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17047 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17048 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17049 as `compose-mail'.
17051 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17052 initial Subject field, respectively.
17054 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17055 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17056 are strings.
17058 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17059 ignored.
17061 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17063 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17064 Save draft and send message.
17066 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17067 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17068 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17069 Mail Delivery*\".
17071 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17072 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17073 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17075 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17076 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17077 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17078 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17079 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17080 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17082 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17083 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17085 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17086 message and scan line.
17088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17090 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17091 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17093 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17094 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17095 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17096 delete the draft message.
17098 \(fn)" t nil)
17100 ;;;***
17102 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19562 42953))
17103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17105 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17107 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17109 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17111 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17112 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17114 \(fn)" t nil)
17116 ;;;***
17118 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17119 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19562 42953))
17120 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17122 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17123 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17124 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17126 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17127 the MH mail system.
17129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17131 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17132 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17133 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17135 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17136 the MH mail system.
17138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17140 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17141 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17143 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17144 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17145 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17146 separate command.
17148 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17149 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17150 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17151 format.
17153 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17155 Ranges
17156 ======
17157 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17158 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17159 can be used in several ways.
17161 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17162 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17163 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17164 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17165 page):
17167 <num1>-<num2>
17168 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17169 The range must be nonempty.
17171 <num>:N
17172 <num>:+N
17173 <num>:-N
17174 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17175 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17176 last.
17178 first:N
17179 prev:N
17180 next:N
17181 last:N
17182 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17185 All of the messages.
17187 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17188 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17190 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17191 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17192 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17194 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17196 \(fn)" t nil)
17198 ;;;***
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17201 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19562 42953))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17204 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17205 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17206 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17207 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17208 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17209 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17210 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17211 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17212 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17213 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17214 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17216 \(fn)" t nil)
17218 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17219 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17220 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17221 to its second argument TM.
17223 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17225 ;;;***
17227 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17228 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19591 62571))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17231 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17232 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17233 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17236 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17238 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17240 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17241 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17242 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17243 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17244 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17245 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17246 default indication.
17248 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17249 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17253 ;;;***
17255 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19714 43298))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17258 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17259 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17260 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17261 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17262 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17263 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17264 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17265 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17266 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17268 \(fn)" t nil)
17270 ;;;***
17272 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17273 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17274 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19562 42953))
17275 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17276 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17278 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17279 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17281 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17282 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17283 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17284 next occurrence.
17286 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17287 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17288 end of the search space).
17290 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17291 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17292 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17293 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17294 should return the previous buffer to search.
17296 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17297 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17298 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17300 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17301 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17302 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17303 Isearch starts.")
17305 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17306 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17307 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17309 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17310 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17311 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17313 \(fn)" nil nil)
17315 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17316 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17317 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17318 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17319 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17320 whose names match the specified regexp.
17322 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17324 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17325 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17326 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17327 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17328 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17329 whose names match the specified regexp.
17331 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17333 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17334 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17335 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17336 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17337 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17338 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17339 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17341 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17343 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17344 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17345 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17346 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17347 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17348 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17349 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17351 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17353 ;;;***
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17356 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
17357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17359 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17360 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17362 \(fn)" t nil)
17364 ;;;***
17366 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17367 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19714 43298))
17368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17370 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17371 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17373 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17375 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17376 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17377 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17378 the entire message.
17379 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17381 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17383 ;;;***
17385 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17386 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17389 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17390 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17391 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17392 the entire message.
17393 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17395 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17397 ;;;***
17399 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17400 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19714 43298))
17401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17403 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17404 Insert file contents of URL.
17405 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17407 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17409 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17410 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17412 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17414 ;;;***
17416 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17417 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19714 43298))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17420 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17421 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17422 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17423 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17424 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17426 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17428 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17429 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17430 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17432 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17434 ;;;***
17436 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17437 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
17438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17440 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17441 Not documented
17443 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17445 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17446 Not documented
17448 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17450 ;;;***
17452 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17453 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17454 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19714 43298))
17455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17457 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17458 Not documented
17460 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17462 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17463 Not documented
17465 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17467 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17468 Not documented
17470 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17472 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17473 Not documented
17475 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17477 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17478 Not documented
17480 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17482 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17483 Not documented
17485 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17487 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17488 Not documented
17490 \(fn)" nil nil)
17492 ;;;***
17494 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19714
17495 ;;;;;; 43298))
17496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17498 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17500 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17501 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17502 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17503 followed by the first character of the construct.
17504 \\<m2-mode-map>
17505 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17506 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17507 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17508 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17509 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17510 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17511 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17512 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17513 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17514 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17515 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17516 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17517 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17518 \\[m2-link] link
17520 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17521 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17522 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17524 \(fn)" t nil)
17526 ;;;***
17528 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17529 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
17530 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17532 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17533 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17535 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17537 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17538 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17540 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17542 ;;;***
17544 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17545 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19714 43298))
17546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17548 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17549 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17551 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17552 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17553 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17555 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17556 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17557 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17559 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17560 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17562 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17563 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17564 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17565 hemisphere you're in.)
17567 To test this function, evaluate:
17568 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17570 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17572 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17573 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17575 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17576 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17578 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17579 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17580 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17582 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17583 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17585 To test this function, evaluate:
17586 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17588 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17590 ;;;***
17592 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19714
17593 ;;;;;; 43298))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17596 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17597 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17598 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17601 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17603 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17605 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17606 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17607 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17608 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17610 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17612 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17614 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17616 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17617 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17618 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17619 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17620 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17621 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17623 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17624 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17625 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17626 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17627 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17629 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17630 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17632 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17633 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17635 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17637 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17638 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17639 primary selection and region.
17641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17643 ;;;***
17645 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19714 43269))
17646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17648 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17649 Main entry point for MPC.
17651 \(fn)" t nil)
17653 ;;;***
17655 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19640 47194))
17656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17658 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17659 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17661 \(fn)" t nil)
17663 ;;;***
17665 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19562 42953))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17668 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17669 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17670 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17673 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17675 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17677 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17678 Toggle Msb mode.
17679 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17680 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17681 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17685 ;;;***
17687 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17688 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17689 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17690 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17691 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17692 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17693 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17695 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17696 Display a list of all character sets.
17698 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17699 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17700 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17701 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17702 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17704 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17705 but still shows the full information.
17707 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17709 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17710 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17711 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17713 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17714 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17715 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17716 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17717 meanings of these arguments.
17719 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17721 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17722 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17724 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17726 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17727 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17729 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17731 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17732 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17734 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17736 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17737 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17739 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17740 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17741 in place of `..':
17742 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17743 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17744 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17745 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17746 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17747 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17748 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17749 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17750 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17751 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17752 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17753 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17754 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17755 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17756 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17757 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17759 \(fn)" t nil)
17761 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17762 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17764 \(fn)" t nil)
17766 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17767 Display a list of all coding systems.
17768 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17770 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17771 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17776 Display a list of all coding categories.
17778 \(fn)" nil nil)
17780 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17781 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17782 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17784 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17786 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17787 Display information about FONTSET.
17788 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17790 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17793 Display a list of all fontsets.
17794 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17795 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17796 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17798 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17800 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17801 Display information about all input methods.
17803 \(fn)" t nil)
17805 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17806 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17808 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17809 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17810 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17811 system which uses fontsets).
17813 \(fn)" t nil)
17815 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17816 Show log of font listing and opening.
17817 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17818 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17820 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17822 ;;;***
17824 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17825 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17826 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17827 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17828 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17829 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19562 42953))
17830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17832 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17833 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17834 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17836 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17838 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17840 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17841 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17843 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17844 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17846 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17847 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17849 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17851 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17852 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17853 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17854 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17855 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17856 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17857 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17859 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17860 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17861 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17862 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17863 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17864 middle of a character in STR.
17866 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17867 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17869 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17870 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17871 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17872 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17873 defaults to \"...\".
17875 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17877 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17878 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17880 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17881 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17882 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17884 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17885 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17886 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17888 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17889 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17890 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17891 are considered.
17892 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17893 longer than KEYSEQ.
17894 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17896 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17898 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17899 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17900 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17901 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17902 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17903 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17904 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17905 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17906 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17907 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17908 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17910 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17912 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17913 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17915 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17917 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17918 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17920 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17922 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17923 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17925 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17927 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17928 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17930 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17932 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17933 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17934 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17935 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17936 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17938 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17939 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17941 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17942 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17943 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17944 coding systems ordered by priority.
17946 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17948 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17949 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17950 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17951 language environment LANG-ENV.
17953 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17955 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17956 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17957 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17958 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17959 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17960 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17962 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17964 ;;;***
17966 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17967 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17968 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17969 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19714
17970 ;;;;;; 43298))
17971 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17973 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17974 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17976 \(fn)" t nil)
17978 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17979 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17981 \(fn)" t nil)
17983 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17984 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17986 \(fn)" t nil)
17988 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17989 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17991 \(fn)" t nil)
17993 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17994 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17996 \(fn)" t nil)
17998 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17999 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18001 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18003 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18004 Ping HOST.
18005 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18006 `ping-program-options'.
18008 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18010 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18011 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18013 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18015 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18016 Run nslookup program.
18018 \(fn)" t nil)
18020 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18021 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18023 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18025 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18026 Run dig program.
18028 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18030 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18031 Run ftp program.
18033 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18035 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18036 Finger USER on HOST.
18038 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18040 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18041 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18042 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18043 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18045 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18047 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18048 Not documented
18050 \(fn)" t nil)
18052 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18053 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18055 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18057 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18058 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18060 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18062 ;;;***
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19640
18065 ;;;;;; 47194))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18068 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18069 Return a user name/password pair.
18070 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18071 listed in the PORTS list.
18073 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18075 ;;;***
18077 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18078 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18079 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18080 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18081 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18082 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19714 43298))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18085 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18087 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18089 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18091 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18093 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18094 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18095 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18096 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18097 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18098 Major modes should set this variable.")
18100 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18101 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18102 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18103 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18104 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18105 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18107 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18108 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18110 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18111 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18112 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18114 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18115 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18116 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18117 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18118 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18120 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18121 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18122 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18124 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18125 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18126 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18127 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18129 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18130 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18131 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18132 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18133 column indentation or nil.
18134 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18136 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18137 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18138 The function has no args.
18140 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18141 comments always start in column zero.")
18143 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18144 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18145 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18147 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18149 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18150 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18151 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18152 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18154 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18155 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18157 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18159 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18160 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18161 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18162 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18163 customize this variable.
18165 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18166 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18168 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18170 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18171 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18172 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18173 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18174 the variables are properly set.
18176 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18178 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18179 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18181 \(fn)" nil nil)
18183 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18184 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18185 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18187 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18189 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18190 Set the comment column based on point.
18191 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18192 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18193 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18194 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18196 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18198 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18199 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18200 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18202 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18204 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18205 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18206 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18207 comment markers.
18209 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18211 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18212 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18213 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18214 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18215 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18217 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18218 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18219 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18221 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18222 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18223 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18224 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18225 changed with `comment-style'.
18227 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18229 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18230 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18231 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18232 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18234 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18236 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18237 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18238 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18239 is passed on to the respective function.
18241 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18243 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18244 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18245 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18246 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18247 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18248 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18249 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18250 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18251 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18252 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18256 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18257 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18258 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18260 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18262 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18263 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18264 This indents the body of the continued comment
18265 under the previous comment line.
18267 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18268 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18269 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18271 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18272 or comment indentation.
18274 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18275 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18277 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18279 ;;;***
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18282 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19598 13691))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18285 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18286 Check whether newsticker is running.
18287 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18288 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18290 \(fn)" nil nil)
18292 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18293 Start the newsticker.
18294 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18295 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18296 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18297 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18299 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18301 ;;;***
18303 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18304 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18307 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18308 Start newsticker plainview.
18310 \(fn)" t nil)
18312 ;;;***
18314 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18315 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18318 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18319 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18321 \(fn)" t nil)
18323 ;;;***
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18326 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19598 13691))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18329 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18330 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18331 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18332 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18333 empty.
18335 \(fn)" nil nil)
18337 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18338 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18339 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18340 running already.
18342 \(fn)" t nil)
18344 ;;;***
18346 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18347 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18348 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18350 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18351 Start newsticker treeview.
18353 \(fn)" t nil)
18355 ;;;***
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18361 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18362 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18364 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18366 ;;;***
18368 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19714
18369 ;;;;;; 43298))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18372 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18373 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18374 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18375 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18376 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18377 symbol in the alist.
18379 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18381 ;;;***
18383 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18384 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18387 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18388 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18389 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18391 \(fn)" t nil)
18393 ;;;***
18395 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18396 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
18397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18399 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18400 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18402 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18404 ;;;***
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18407 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19714 43298))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18410 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18411 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18412 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18414 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18416 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18417 Not documented
18419 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18421 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18422 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18423 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18424 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18425 to future sessions.
18427 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18429 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18430 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18431 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18432 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18433 to future sessions.
18435 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18437 ;;;***
18439 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18440 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18443 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18444 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18445 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18446 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18447 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18448 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18450 \(fn)" t nil)
18452 ;;;***
18454 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18455 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
18456 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18458 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18459 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18460 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18461 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18463 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18465 ;;;***
18467 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19714
18468 ;;;;;; 43298))
18469 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18471 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18472 Major mode for editing XML.
18474 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18475 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18476 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18477 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18478 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18479 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18480 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18482 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18484 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18485 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18487 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18488 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18489 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18490 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18491 instead of C-c.
18493 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18494 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18495 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18496 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18497 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18498 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18500 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18501 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18502 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18504 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18505 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18506 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18508 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18509 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18510 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18511 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18512 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18513 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18514 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18515 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18516 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18518 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18520 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18521 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18523 \(fn)" t nil)
18525 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18527 ;;;***
18529 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18530 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19562 42953))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18533 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18534 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18535 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18536 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18538 \(fn)" t nil)
18540 ;;;***
18542 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
18543 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18544 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
18545 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
18546 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
18547 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
18548 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
18549 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18550 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18551 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
18552 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19717 39999))
18553 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18555 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
18556 Not documented
18558 \(fn)" nil nil)
18560 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
18561 Not documented
18563 \(fn)" t nil)
18565 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18566 Conditionally expand a source block.
18567 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18568 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18570 \(fn)" t nil)
18572 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18573 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18574 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18575 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18577 \(fn)" t nil)
18579 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18580 Conditionally pop to a session.
18581 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18582 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18584 \(fn)" t nil)
18586 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18587 Execute the current source code block.
18588 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18589 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18590 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18592 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
18593 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
18594 returned.
18596 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18597 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18599 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18600 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18601 block.
18603 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18605 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18606 Expand the current source code block.
18607 Expand according to the source code block's header
18608 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18610 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18612 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18613 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18614 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18615 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18616 session.
18618 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18620 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
18621 Initiate session for current code block.
18622 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
18623 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
18624 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
18626 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18628 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18629 Switch to the session of the current code block.
18630 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
18631 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
18632 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
18634 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18636 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
18637 Switch to code buffer and display session.
18639 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18641 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
18642 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
18643 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
18644 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
18645 results already exist.
18647 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
18649 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
18650 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
18651 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
18652 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
18653 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
18655 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
18656 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
18657 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
18658 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
18659 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
18660 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
18661 switches --------- string holding the switches
18662 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
18663 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
18664 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
18665 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
18666 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
18667 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
18668 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
18669 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
18671 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18673 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
18675 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
18676 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
18677 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18678 the current buffer.
18680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18682 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
18683 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
18684 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18685 the current subtree.
18687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18689 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
18690 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
18692 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
18694 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
18695 Toggle visibility of result at point.
18697 \(fn)" t nil)
18699 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
18700 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
18702 \(fn)" t nil)
18704 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
18705 Go to a named source-code block.
18707 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18709 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
18710 Go to a named result.
18712 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18714 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
18715 Jump to the next source block.
18716 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
18718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18720 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
18721 Jump to the previous source block.
18722 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
18724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18726 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
18727 Mark current src block
18729 \(fn)" t nil)
18731 ;;;***
18733 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
18734 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
18735 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
18737 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
18738 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
18740 \(fn)" t nil)
18742 ;;;***
18744 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
18745 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19717 39999))
18746 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
18748 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
18749 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
18750 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
18752 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
18754 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
18755 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
18756 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
18757 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
18759 \(fn)" t nil)
18761 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
18762 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
18764 \(fn)" nil nil)
18766 ;;;***
18768 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
18769 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
18770 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
18771 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
18773 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
18774 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
18775 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
18776 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
18777 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
18778 then the name of the language is used.")
18780 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
18782 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
18783 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
18784 This function exports the source code using
18785 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
18786 `load-file'.
18788 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
18790 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
18791 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
18792 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
18793 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
18794 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
18795 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
18797 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18799 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
18800 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
18801 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
18802 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
18803 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
18804 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
18805 exported source code blocks by language.
18807 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18809 ;;;***
18811 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18812 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
18813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18815 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18816 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18817 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18819 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18821 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18822 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18824 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18825 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18826 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18830 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18832 ;;;***
18834 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18835 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
18836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18838 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18839 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18841 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18842 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18843 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18844 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18846 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18847 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18848 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18849 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18850 is why you need this mode!).
18852 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18853 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18854 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18856 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18858 Keybindings
18859 ===========
18861 \\{octave-mode-map}
18863 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18864 ==============================================
18866 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18867 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18868 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18870 `octave-block-offset'
18871 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18872 Default is 2.
18874 `octave-continuation-offset'
18875 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18876 Default is 4.
18878 `octave-continuation-string'
18879 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18880 Default is a backslash.
18882 `octave-send-echo-input'
18883 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18884 command to the inferior Octave process.
18886 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18887 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18888 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18890 `octave-send-echo-input'
18891 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18893 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18895 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18896 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18898 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18900 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18901 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18903 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18904 (lambda ()
18905 (abbrev-mode 1)
18906 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18908 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18909 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18910 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18911 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18913 \(fn)" t nil)
18915 ;;;***
18917 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18918 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
18919 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18920 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18921 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18922 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
18923 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
18924 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18926 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
18927 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
18929 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
18931 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18932 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18933 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18935 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18936 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18937 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18938 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18939 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18940 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18941 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18942 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18943 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18944 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18946 The following commands are available:
18948 \\{org-mode-map}
18950 \(fn)" t nil)
18952 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18954 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18955 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18956 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18957 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18961 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18962 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
18963 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
18964 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
18965 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
18966 defined by Org-mode).
18968 M-up Move entry/item up
18969 M-down Move entry/item down
18970 M-left Promote
18971 M-right Demote
18972 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18973 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18974 M-S-left Promote subtree
18975 M-S-right Demote subtree
18976 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18977 C-c ^ Sort entries
18978 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18979 TAB Cycle item visibility
18980 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18981 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18982 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18986 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18987 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18989 \(fn)" nil nil)
18991 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18992 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18994 \(fn)" nil nil)
18996 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18997 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18998 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18999 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19000 call CMD.
19002 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19004 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19005 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19006 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19007 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19009 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19010 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19011 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19015 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19016 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19017 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19019 \(fn)" t nil)
19021 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19022 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19023 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19024 Org-mode syntax.
19026 \(fn)" t nil)
19028 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19029 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19031 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19033 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19034 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19036 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19037 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19038 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19039 returned as a list.
19041 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19042 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19043 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19044 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19045 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19046 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19047 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19048 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19049 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19050 position.
19052 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19053 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19054 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19055 visited by the iteration.
19057 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19059 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19060 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19061 file The current buffer, without restriction
19062 file-with-archives
19063 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19064 agenda All agenda files
19065 agenda-with-archives
19066 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19067 \(file1 file2 ...)
19068 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19070 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19071 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19073 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19074 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19075 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19076 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19077 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19078 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19079 function leaves it.
19081 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19082 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19083 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19084 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19085 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19086 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19087 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19088 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19090 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19092 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19093 Switch between Org buffers.
19094 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19095 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19097 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19098 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19102 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19104 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19106 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19107 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19108 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19109 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19111 \(fn)" t nil)
19113 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19114 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19116 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19118 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19119 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19120 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19122 \(fn)" t nil)
19124 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19125 Not documented
19127 \(fn)" t nil)
19129 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19130 Reload all org lisp files.
19131 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19133 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19135 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19136 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19138 \(fn)" t nil)
19140 ;;;***
19142 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19143 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19144 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19145 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19146 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19717 39999))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19149 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19150 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19151 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19152 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19154 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19155 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19156 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19157 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19158 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19159 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19160 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19161 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19162 e Export views to associated files.
19163 s Search entries for keywords.
19164 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19165 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19166 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19167 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19168 > Remove a previous restriction.
19169 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19170 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19171 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19173 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19174 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19175 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19177 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19178 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19179 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19180 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19181 \(if active).
19183 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19185 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19186 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19187 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19188 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19189 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19190 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19191 before running the agenda command.
19193 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19195 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19196 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19197 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19198 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19199 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19200 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19201 before running the agenda command.
19203 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19204 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19206 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19208 category The category of the item
19209 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19210 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19211 todo selected in TODO match
19212 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19213 diary imported from diary
19214 deadline a deadline on given date
19215 scheduled scheduled on given date
19216 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19217 closed entry was closed on given date
19218 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19219 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19220 block entry has date block including g. date
19221 todo The todo keyword, if any
19222 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19223 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19224 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19225 extra Sting with extra planning info
19226 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19227 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19228 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19230 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19232 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19233 Not documented
19235 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19237 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19238 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19240 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19242 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19243 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19244 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19245 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19247 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19248 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19249 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19250 agenda instead.
19252 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19253 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19254 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19256 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19257 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19259 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19261 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19262 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19264 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19265 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19266 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19267 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19268 EDIT-AT.
19270 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19271 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19272 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19273 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19274 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19275 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19277 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19278 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19279 including newlines.
19281 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19282 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19283 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19284 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19285 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19286 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19287 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19289 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19290 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19291 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19292 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19294 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19295 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19296 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19297 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19298 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19299 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19300 Boolean search must match as full words.
19302 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19303 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19305 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19307 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19308 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19309 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19310 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19311 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19312 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19314 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19316 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19317 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19318 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19320 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19322 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19323 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19324 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19325 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19326 `org-stuck-projects'.
19328 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19330 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19331 Return diary information from org-files.
19332 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19333 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19334 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19335 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19336 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19338 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19340 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19342 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19343 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19345 &%%(org-diary)
19347 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19348 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19349 So the example above may also be written as
19351 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19353 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19354 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19355 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19357 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19359 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19360 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19362 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19364 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19365 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19366 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19368 \(fn)" t nil)
19370 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19371 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19372 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19373 appointments.
19375 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19376 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19378 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19379 for filtering entries out.
19381 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19382 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19384 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19385 (category \"Work\"))
19387 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19388 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19390 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19392 ;;;***
19394 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19395 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19396 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19399 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19400 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19401 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19403 \(fn)" t nil)
19405 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19406 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19407 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19409 \(fn)" t nil)
19411 ;;;***
19413 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19414 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19415 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19416 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19717
19417 ;;;;;; 39999))
19418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19420 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19421 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19423 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19425 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19426 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19428 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19430 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19431 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19433 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19435 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19436 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19438 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19440 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19441 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19442 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19444 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19446 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19447 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19448 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19449 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19450 command to convert it.
19452 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19454 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19455 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19456 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19457 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19458 cut-and-paste operations.
19459 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19460 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19461 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19462 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19464 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19466 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19467 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19469 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19472 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19473 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19474 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19475 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19476 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19477 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19478 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19479 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19480 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19481 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19482 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19483 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19484 publishing directory.
19486 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19488 ;;;***
19490 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19717
19491 ;;;;;; 39999))
19492 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19494 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19495 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19496 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19498 \(fn)" t nil)
19500 ;;;***
19502 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19503 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
19504 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19506 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19507 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19509 \(fn)" nil nil)
19511 ;;;***
19513 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19514 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19717 39999))
19515 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19517 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19518 Capture something.
19519 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19520 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19521 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19522 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19523 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19524 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19526 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19527 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19528 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19529 stored.
19531 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19533 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19534 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19535 bypassed.
19537 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19539 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19540 Not documented
19542 \(fn)" nil nil)
19544 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19545 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19547 \(fn)" t nil)
19549 ;;;***
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19552 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19717 39999))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19555 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19556 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19557 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19558 fontified, and then returned.
19560 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19562 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19563 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19565 \(fn)" nil nil)
19567 ;;;***
19569 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19570 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19717 39999))
19571 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19573 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19574 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19575 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19576 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19577 tree can be found.
19579 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19581 ;;;***
19583 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19584 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19585 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19586 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19717 39999))
19587 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19589 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19590 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19591 This function can be used in batch processing.
19593 For example:
19595 $ emacs --batch
19596 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19597 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19599 \(fn)" nil nil)
19601 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19602 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19603 No file is created.
19605 \(fn)" t nil)
19607 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19608 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19609 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19610 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19611 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19612 then use this command to convert it.
19614 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19616 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19617 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19618 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19619 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19620 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19621 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19622 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19623 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19624 could call this function in the following way:
19626 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19628 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19629 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19631 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19633 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19634 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19636 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19638 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19639 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19641 \(fn)" t nil)
19643 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19644 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19645 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19646 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19647 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19648 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19649 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19650 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19651 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19652 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19653 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19654 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19655 publishing directory.
19657 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19659 ;;;***
19661 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19662 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19663 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
19664 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19666 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19667 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19668 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19669 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19670 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19672 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19673 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
19674 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19678 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19679 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19680 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19681 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
19682 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
19683 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19684 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19685 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19686 command.
19688 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19690 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19691 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19692 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19693 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19694 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19696 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19697 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19698 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19699 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19701 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19702 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19703 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19705 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19706 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19707 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19708 directory.
19710 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19713 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19715 \(fn)" t nil)
19717 ;;;***
19719 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19720 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19717
19721 ;;;;;; 39999))
19722 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19724 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19725 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19727 \(fn)" t nil)
19729 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19730 Get inbox items from FEED.
19731 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19732 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19734 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19736 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19737 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19739 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19741 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19742 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19744 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19746 ;;;***
19748 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19749 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19717 39999))
19750 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19752 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19753 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19754 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19755 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19756 create a new footnote, interactively.
19757 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19759 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19762 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19763 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19764 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19765 Org-mode exporters.
19766 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19767 referenced sequence.
19769 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19771 ;;;***
19773 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19774 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19775 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19776 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19717 39999))
19777 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19779 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19780 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
19781 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
19782 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19783 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19784 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19785 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19786 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19787 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
19788 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19789 simply return the content of the document (all top level
19790 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19791 directory.
19793 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
19795 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19797 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19798 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19800 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19802 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19803 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19804 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
19806 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19808 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19809 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19810 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
19811 have them in `org-mode'.
19813 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
19814 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
19815 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
19816 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
19817 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
19818 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
19820 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19822 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19823 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19825 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19827 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19828 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19830 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19832 ;;;***
19834 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19835 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19836 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19837 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19717 39999))
19838 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19840 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19842 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19844 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19846 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19847 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19848 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19849 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19850 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19854 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19855 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
19856 This function can be used in batch processing as:
19857 emacs --batch
19858 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19859 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19860 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19862 \(fn)" nil nil)
19864 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19865 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19866 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19868 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19870 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19871 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19872 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19873 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19874 command to convert it.
19876 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19878 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19879 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19880 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19881 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19882 cut-and-paste operations.
19883 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19884 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19885 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19886 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19888 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19890 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19891 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19893 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19895 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19896 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19897 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19898 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19899 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19900 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19901 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19902 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19903 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19904 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19905 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19906 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19907 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19908 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19909 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19911 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19913 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19914 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19915 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19916 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19917 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19918 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19919 need into your CSS file.
19921 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19922 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19923 that uses these same face definitions.
19925 \(fn)" t nil)
19927 ;;;***
19929 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19930 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19931 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
19932 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19934 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19935 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19936 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19937 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19939 \(fn)" t nil)
19941 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19942 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19943 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19944 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19946 \(fn)" t nil)
19948 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19949 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19950 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19952 \(fn)" t nil)
19954 ;;;***
19956 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
19957 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
19958 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
19959 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
19960 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19962 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19963 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19964 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19965 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19967 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19969 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19970 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19971 Create an ID if necessary.
19973 \(fn)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19976 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19977 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19978 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19979 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19980 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19981 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19983 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19986 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19987 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19988 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19989 eligible.
19990 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19992 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19994 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19995 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19996 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19997 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19999 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20001 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20002 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20003 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20005 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20007 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20008 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20009 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20010 if there is no entry with that ID.
20011 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20013 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20016 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20018 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20020 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20021 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20023 \(fn)" t nil)
20025 ;;;***
20027 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20028 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20031 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20032 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20034 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20035 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20036 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20040 ;;;***
20042 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20043 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
20044 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20046 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20047 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20049 \(fn)" nil nil)
20051 ;;;***
20053 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20054 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20055 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20056 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20059 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20060 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20061 For example:
20063 emacs --batch
20064 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20065 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20066 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20068 \(fn)" nil nil)
20070 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20071 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20072 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20074 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20076 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20077 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20078 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20079 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20080 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20081 then use this command to convert it.
20083 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20085 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20086 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20087 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20088 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20089 cut-and-paste operations.
20090 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20091 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20092 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20093 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20095 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20097 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20098 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20100 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20102 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20103 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20104 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20105 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20106 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20107 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20108 convert them as description lists.
20109 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20110 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20111 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20112 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20113 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20114 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20115 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20116 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20117 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20118 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20119 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20121 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20123 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20124 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20126 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20128 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20129 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20133 ;;;***
20135 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20136 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19717
20137 ;;;;;; 39999))
20138 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20140 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20141 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20142 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20143 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20145 \(fn)" t nil)
20147 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20148 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20149 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20150 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20152 \(fn)" t nil)
20154 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20155 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20157 \(fn)" t nil)
20159 ;;;***
20161 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20162 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
20163 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20165 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20166 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20167 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20168 line directly before or after the table.
20170 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20172 ;;;***
20174 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20175 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20176 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
20177 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20179 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20181 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20182 Publish PROJECT.
20184 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20187 Publish all projects.
20188 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20189 directory and force publishing all files.
20191 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20193 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20194 Publish the current file.
20195 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20197 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20199 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20200 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20201 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20202 the project.
20204 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20206 ;;;***
20208 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20209 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20210 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19717 39999))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20213 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20214 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20216 \(fn)" nil nil)
20218 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20219 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20220 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20221 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20222 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20224 \(fn)" nil nil)
20226 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20227 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20228 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20229 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20231 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20233 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20234 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20235 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20236 of the remember buffer.
20238 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20239 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20240 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20241 note stored by remember.
20243 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20244 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20246 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20248 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20249 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20250 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20251 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20252 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20253 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20254 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20255 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20256 process is used to select the target location.
20258 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20259 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20261 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20262 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20263 currently running.
20265 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20266 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20267 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20268 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20270 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20271 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20272 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20273 some additional data.
20275 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20276 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20277 \(i.e. after the stars).
20279 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20281 \(fn)" nil nil)
20283 ;;;***
20285 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20286 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19717 39999))
20287 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20289 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20290 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20292 \(fn)" nil nil)
20294 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20295 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20299 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20300 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20301 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20302 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20303 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20305 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20307 ;;;***
20309 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20310 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19717 39999))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20313 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20314 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20315 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20316 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20317 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20318 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20319 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20320 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20321 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20322 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20323 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20324 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20326 \(fn)" t nil)
20328 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20329 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20330 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20332 \(fn)" t nil)
20334 ;;;***
20336 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20337 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20338 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
20339 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20341 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20342 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20343 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20344 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20345 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20346 without user interaction.
20347 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20348 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20349 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20350 the region 0:00:00.
20352 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20354 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20355 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20356 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20357 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20358 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20359 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20360 that was not started at the correct moment.
20362 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20363 it in the buffer.
20365 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20367 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20368 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20370 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20372 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20373 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20377 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20378 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20380 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20381 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20382 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20384 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20385 the duration of the timer.
20387 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20388 without prompting the user for a duration.
20390 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20391 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20392 replace any running timer.
20394 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20396 ;;;***
20398 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20399 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
20400 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20402 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20403 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20404 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20408 ;;;***
20410 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20411 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
20412 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20413 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20415 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20416 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20417 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20418 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20420 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20421 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20422 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20423 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20425 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20426 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20427 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20428 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20429 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20430 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20432 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20433 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20434 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20436 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20437 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20438 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20439 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20440 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20441 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20442 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20443 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20444 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20445 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20446 The subheadings remain visible.
20447 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20449 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20450 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20451 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20453 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20454 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20456 \(fn)" t nil)
20458 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20459 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20460 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20461 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20464 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20466 ;;;***
20468 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20469 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20470 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20471 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20474 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20475 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20476 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20477 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20478 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20480 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20481 activate the package system at any time.")
20483 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20485 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20486 Install the package named NAME.
20487 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20488 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20490 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20492 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20493 Install a package from the current buffer.
20494 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20495 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20496 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20498 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20499 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20500 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20502 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20504 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20505 Install a package from a file.
20506 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20508 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20510 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20511 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20512 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20513 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20515 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20517 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20518 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20520 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20522 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20523 Display a list of packages.
20524 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20525 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20527 \(fn)" t nil)
20529 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20531 ;;;***
20533 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19714 43298))
20534 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20536 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20537 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20538 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20541 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20543 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20545 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20546 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20547 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20548 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20550 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20551 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20555 ;;;***
20557 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20558 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
20559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20560 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20562 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20563 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20564 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20565 unknown are returned as nil.
20567 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20569 ;;;***
20571 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19714
20572 ;;;;;; 43298))
20573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20575 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20576 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20577 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20579 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20580 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20582 Other useful functions are:
20584 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20585 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20586 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20587 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20588 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20589 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20590 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20591 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20592 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20594 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20596 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20597 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20598 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20599 Indentation for case statements.
20600 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20601 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20602 mark after an end.
20603 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20604 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20605 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20606 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20607 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20608 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20609 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20610 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20611 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20612 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20614 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20615 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20617 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20618 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20620 \(fn)" t nil)
20622 ;;;***
20624 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20625 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19598 13691))
20626 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20628 (defvar password-cache t "\
20629 Whether to cache passwords.")
20631 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20633 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20634 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20635 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20637 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20639 ;;;***
20641 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20642 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20645 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20646 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20647 The keys affected are:
20648 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20649 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20650 M-Backspace does undo.
20651 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20652 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20653 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20655 \(fn)" t nil)
20657 ;;;***
20659 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20660 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
20661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20663 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20664 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20665 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20668 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20670 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20672 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20673 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20675 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20677 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20678 which modify the status of the mark.
20680 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20681 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20683 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20684 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20686 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20687 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20688 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20689 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20690 turning PC Selection mode on.
20692 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20693 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20695 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20696 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20697 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20699 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20700 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20701 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20703 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20704 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20706 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20707 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20708 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20710 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20711 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20712 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20714 F6 other-window
20715 DELETE delete-char
20716 C-DELETE kill-line
20717 M-DELETE kill-word
20718 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20719 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20720 M-BACKSPACE undo
20722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20724 ;;;***
20726 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20727 ;;;;;; (19726 56598))
20728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20730 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20731 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20732 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20734 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20735 _ matches anything.
20736 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20737 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20738 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20739 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20740 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20741 (let VAR EXP) matches anything and set VAR to the value of EXP.
20742 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20744 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20745 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20746 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20747 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20748 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20749 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20751 PRED can take the form
20752 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20753 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
20754 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20755 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20756 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20757 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20758 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20760 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
20762 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20764 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20765 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20766 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20767 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20769 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20771 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20773 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20774 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20775 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20776 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20778 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20780 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20782 ;;;***
20784 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19598
20785 ;;;;;; 13691))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20788 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20789 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20791 \(fn)" nil nil)
20793 ;;;***
20795 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20796 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19598 13691))
20797 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20799 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20800 Completion for `gzip'.
20802 \(fn)" nil nil)
20804 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20805 Completion for `bzip2'.
20807 \(fn)" nil nil)
20809 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20810 Completion for GNU `make'.
20812 \(fn)" nil nil)
20814 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20815 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20817 \(fn)" nil nil)
20819 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20821 ;;;***
20823 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20824 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19598 13691))
20825 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20827 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20828 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20830 \(fn)" nil nil)
20832 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20833 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20835 \(fn)" nil nil)
20837 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20838 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20840 \(fn)" nil nil)
20842 ;;;***
20844 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19598
20845 ;;;;;; 13691))
20846 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20848 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20849 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20851 \(fn)" nil nil)
20853 ;;;***
20855 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20856 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20857 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19598 13691))
20858 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20861 Completion for `cd'.
20863 \(fn)" nil nil)
20865 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20867 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20868 Completion for `rmdir'.
20870 \(fn)" nil nil)
20872 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20873 Completion for `rm'.
20875 \(fn)" nil nil)
20877 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20878 Completion for `xargs'.
20880 \(fn)" nil nil)
20882 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20884 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20885 Completion for `which'.
20887 \(fn)" nil nil)
20889 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20890 Completion for the `chown' command.
20892 \(fn)" nil nil)
20894 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20895 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20897 \(fn)" nil nil)
20899 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20900 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20905 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20906 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20908 \(fn)" nil nil)
20910 ;;;***
20912 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20913 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20914 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19591
20915 ;;;;;; 62571))
20916 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20918 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20919 Support extensible programmable completion.
20920 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20921 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20923 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20925 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20926 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20928 \(fn)" t nil)
20930 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20931 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20932 This will modify the current buffer.
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20936 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20937 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20939 \(fn)" t nil)
20941 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20942 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20943 This will modify the current buffer.
20945 \(fn)" t nil)
20947 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20948 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20950 \(fn)" t nil)
20952 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20953 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20955 \(fn)" t nil)
20957 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20958 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20959 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20960 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20961 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20963 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20965 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20966 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20968 \(fn)" nil nil)
20970 ;;;***
20972 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20973 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20974 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19591 62571))
20975 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20977 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20978 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20979 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20980 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20982 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20984 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20986 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20987 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20988 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20989 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20990 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20991 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20992 FLAGS is ignored.
20994 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20996 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20997 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20998 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20999 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21000 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21001 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21002 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21003 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21005 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21007 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21008 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21009 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21010 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21011 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21012 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21013 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21014 passed to cvs.
21016 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21018 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21019 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21020 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21021 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21022 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21023 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21024 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21026 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21028 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21029 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21030 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21032 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21034 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21035 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21036 A value of nil means never do it.
21037 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21038 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21039 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21041 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21043 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21044 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21045 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21047 ;;;***
21049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19598 13691))
21050 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21052 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21054 ;;;***
21056 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21057 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
21058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21059 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21060 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21061 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21062 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21063 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21064 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21066 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21067 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21068 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21069 Tab indents for Perl code.
21070 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21071 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21072 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21073 \\{perl-mode-map}
21074 Variables controlling indentation style:
21075 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21076 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21077 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21078 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21079 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21080 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21081 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21082 `perl-nochange'
21083 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21084 `perl-indent-level'
21085 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21086 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21087 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21088 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21089 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21090 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21091 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21092 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21093 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21094 `perl-brace-offset'
21095 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21096 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21097 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21098 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21099 `perl-label-offset'
21100 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21101 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21102 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21104 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21105 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21106 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21107 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21108 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21109 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21110 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21112 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21114 \(fn)" t nil)
21116 ;;;***
21118 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21119 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21120 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21121 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19640 47194))
21122 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21124 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21125 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21127 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21129 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21130 passphrase cache or user.
21132 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21134 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21135 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21137 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21138 cache or user.
21140 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21142 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21143 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21145 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21146 the region.
21148 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21149 passphrase cache or user.
21151 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21154 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21156 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21158 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21159 the region.
21161 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21162 passphrase cache or user.
21164 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21166 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21167 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21169 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21170 passphrase cache or user.
21172 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21175 Decrypt the current buffer.
21177 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21178 the region.
21180 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21181 passphrase cache or user.
21183 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21185 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21186 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21188 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21189 a detached signature.
21191 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21192 and the output is displayed.
21194 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21195 passphrase cache or user.
21197 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21200 Sign the current buffer.
21202 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21203 detached signature.
21205 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21206 within the region.
21208 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21209 and the output is displayed.
21211 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21212 passphrase cache or user.
21214 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21216 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21217 Verify the current region between START and END.
21218 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21219 the detached signature of the current region.
21221 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21222 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21224 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21227 Verify the current buffer.
21228 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21229 the detached signature of the current region.
21230 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21231 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21232 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21233 within the region.
21235 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21237 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21238 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21240 \(fn)" t nil)
21242 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21243 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21245 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21248 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21250 \(fn)" t nil)
21252 ;;;***
21254 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21255 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
21256 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21258 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21259 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21261 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21263 ;;;***
21265 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21266 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
21267 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21269 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21270 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21271 \\<picture-mode-map>
21272 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21273 afterwards settable by these commands:
21275 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21276 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21277 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21278 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21280 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21281 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21282 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21283 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21285 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21286 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21287 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21288 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21290 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21291 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21292 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21293 with these commands:
21295 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21296 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21297 Move to column following last
21298 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21299 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21300 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21301 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21302 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21303 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21305 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21307 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21308 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21309 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21310 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21311 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21312 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21314 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21315 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21316 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21317 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21318 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21319 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21320 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21322 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21323 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21324 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21325 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21326 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21327 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21328 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21329 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21331 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21332 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21333 by supplying an argument.
21335 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21337 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21338 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21340 \(fn)" t nil)
21342 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21344 ;;;***
21346 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21347 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
21348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21350 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21351 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21352 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21354 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21356 ;;;***
21358 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19562 42953))
21359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21361 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21362 Play pong and waste time.
21363 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21364 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21366 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21368 \\{pong-mode-map}
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21372 ;;;***
21374 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19714 43298))
21375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21377 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21378 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21379 Use streaming commands.
21381 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21383 ;;;***
21385 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21386 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21387 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
21388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21390 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21391 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21392 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21393 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21395 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21397 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21398 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21400 \(fn)" nil nil)
21402 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21403 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21404 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21405 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21406 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21408 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21410 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21411 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21412 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21414 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21416 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21417 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21419 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21421 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21422 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21423 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21424 Ignores leading comment characters.
21426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21428 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21429 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21430 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21431 Ignores leading comment characters.
21433 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21435 ;;;***
21437 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21438 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21439 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21440 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21441 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21442 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21443 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21444 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21445 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21446 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21447 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21448 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21449 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21450 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21451 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21452 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21453 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21454 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21455 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
21456 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21458 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21459 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21461 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21463 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21468 Preview directory using ghostview.
21470 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21471 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21472 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21473 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21475 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21476 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21477 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21478 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21479 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21480 file name.
21482 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21484 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21486 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21487 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21489 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21490 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21491 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21492 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21494 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21495 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21496 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21497 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21498 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21499 file name.
21501 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21503 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21505 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21506 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21508 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21509 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21510 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21511 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21513 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21514 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21515 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21516 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21517 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21518 file name.
21520 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21522 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21524 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21525 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21527 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21529 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21530 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21531 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21532 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21534 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21535 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21536 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21537 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21538 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21539 file name.
21541 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21543 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21546 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21548 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21549 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21550 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21552 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21553 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21554 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21555 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21557 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21559 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21560 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21562 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21563 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21564 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21566 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21567 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21568 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21569 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21571 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21573 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21574 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21576 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21577 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21578 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21580 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21581 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21582 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21583 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21585 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21587 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21588 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21590 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21592 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21593 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21594 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21596 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21597 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21598 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21599 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21601 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21603 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21604 Preview region using ghostview.
21606 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21608 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21610 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21611 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21613 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21615 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21617 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21618 Print region using PostScript printer.
21620 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21622 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21624 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21625 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21627 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21629 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21631 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21632 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21634 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21636 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21638 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21639 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21641 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21643 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21645 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21646 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21648 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21650 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21653 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21655 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21657 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21659 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21660 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21661 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21662 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21664 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21665 matching.
21667 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21668 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21670 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21672 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21674 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21675 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21676 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21677 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21679 \(fn)" t nil)
21681 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21682 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21683 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21684 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21686 \(fn)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21689 Print directory using text printer.
21691 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21692 matching.
21694 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21695 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21697 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21699 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21701 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21702 Print buffer using text printer.
21704 \(fn)" t nil)
21706 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21707 Print region using text printer.
21709 \(fn)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21712 Print major mode using text printer.
21714 \(fn)" t nil)
21716 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21717 Preview spooled PostScript.
21719 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21720 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21721 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21723 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21724 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21725 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21727 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21730 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21732 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21733 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21734 instead of sending it to the printer.
21736 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21737 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21738 image in a file with that name.
21740 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21742 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21743 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21745 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21746 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21747 instead of sending it to the printer.
21749 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21750 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21751 image in a file with that name.
21753 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21755 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21756 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21758 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21759 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21760 instead of sending it to the printer.
21762 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21763 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21764 image in a file with that name.
21766 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21768 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21769 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21771 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21773 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21774 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21776 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21779 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21781 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21783 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21784 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21786 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21789 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21791 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21794 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21796 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21797 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21798 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21799 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21801 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21802 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21803 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21804 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21805 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21806 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21807 file name.
21809 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21811 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21812 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21814 \(fn)" t nil)
21816 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21817 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21819 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21820 right.
21821 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21822 bottom.
21824 \(fn)" t nil)
21826 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21827 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21829 \(fn)" t nil)
21831 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21832 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21834 \(fn)" t nil)
21836 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21837 Toggle printing with faces.
21839 \(fn)" t nil)
21841 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21842 Toggle spooling.
21844 \(fn)" t nil)
21846 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21847 Toggle duplex.
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21852 Toggle tumble.
21854 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21855 right.
21856 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21857 bottom.
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21862 Toggle landscape.
21864 \(fn)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21867 Toggle upside-down.
21869 \(fn)" t nil)
21871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21872 Toggle line number.
21874 \(fn)" t nil)
21876 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21877 Toggle zebra stripes.
21879 \(fn)" t nil)
21881 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21882 Toggle printing header.
21884 \(fn)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21887 Toggle printing header frame.
21889 \(fn)" t nil)
21891 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21892 Toggle menu lock.
21894 \(fn)" t nil)
21896 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21897 Toggle auto region.
21899 \(fn)" t nil)
21901 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21902 Toggle auto mode.
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21906 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21907 Customization of the `printing' group.
21909 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21911 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21912 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21914 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21916 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21917 Help for the printing package.
21919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21921 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21922 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21924 \(fn)" t nil)
21926 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21927 Interactively select a text printer.
21929 \(fn)" t nil)
21931 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21932 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21934 \(fn)" t nil)
21936 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21937 Show current ps-print settings.
21939 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21941 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21942 Show current printing settings.
21944 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21946 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21947 Show current lpr settings.
21949 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21951 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21952 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21954 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21955 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21956 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21957 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21960 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21962 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21963 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21964 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21966 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21967 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21968 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21969 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21970 current active printer.
21972 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21973 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21974 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21975 printer.
21977 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21978 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21979 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21980 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21981 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21984 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21985 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21987 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21989 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21990 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21991 be done using the new current active printer.
21993 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21994 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21995 printer.
21997 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21998 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21999 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22000 instead of sending it to the printer.
22002 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22003 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22004 printer.
22006 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22009 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22010 are both set to t.
22012 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22014 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22015 Fast fire function for text printing.
22017 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22018 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22019 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22020 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22022 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22023 user for a new active text printer.
22025 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22027 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22029 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22030 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22031 printer.
22033 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22035 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22036 are both set to t.
22038 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22040 ;;;***
22042 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19598 13691))
22043 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22045 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22046 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22047 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22048 information will be displayed but not selected.
22049 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22051 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22055 ;;;***
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22058 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22061 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22062 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22063 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22064 Commands:
22065 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22066 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22067 if that value is non-nil.
22069 \(fn)" t nil)
22071 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22073 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22074 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22075 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22077 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22079 ;;;***
22081 ;;;### (autoloads (open-protocol-stream) "proto-stream" "gnus/proto-stream.el"
22082 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
22083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/proto-stream.el
22085 (autoload 'open-protocol-stream "proto-stream" "\
22086 Open a network stream to HOST, upgrading to STARTTLS if possible.
22087 The first four parameters have the same meaning as in
22088 `open-network-stream'. The function returns a list where the
22089 first element is the stream, the second element is the greeting
22090 the server replied with after connecting, and the third element
22091 is a string representing the capabilities of the server (if any).
22093 The PARAMETERS is a keyword list that can have the following
22094 values:
22096 :type -- either `network', `network-only, `tls', `shell' or
22097 `starttls'. If omitted, the default is `network'. `network'
22098 will be opportunistically upgraded to STARTTLS if both the server
22099 and Emacs supports it. If you don't want STARTTLS upgrades, use
22100 `network-only'.
22102 :end-of-command -- a regexp saying what the end of a command is.
22103 This defaults to \"\\n\".
22105 :success -- a regexp saying whether the STARTTLS command was
22106 successful or not. For instance, for NNTP this is \"^3\".
22108 :capability-command -- a string representing the command used to
22109 query server for capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this is
22110 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
22112 :starttls-function -- a function that takes one parameter, which
22113 is the response to the capaibility command. It should return nil
22114 if it turns out that the server doesn't support STARTTLS, or the
22115 command to switch on STARTTLS otherwise.
22117 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22119 ;;;***
22121 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19598
22122 ;;;;;; 13691))
22123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22125 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22126 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22127 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22129 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22131 ;;;***
22133 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19714
22134 ;;;;;; 43298))
22135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22137 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22138 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22140 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22142 The following variables hold user options, and can
22143 be set through the `customize' command:
22145 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22146 `ps-mode-tab'
22147 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22148 `ps-mode-print-function'
22149 `ps-run-prompt'
22150 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22151 `ps-run-x'
22152 `ps-run-dumb'
22153 `ps-run-init'
22154 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22155 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22157 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22160 \\{ps-mode-map}
22163 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22164 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22165 The keymap for this second window is:
22167 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22170 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22171 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22172 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22173 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22174 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22176 \(fn)" t nil)
22178 ;;;***
22180 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22181 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22182 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22183 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22184 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22185 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19714
22186 ;;;;;; 43298))
22187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22189 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22190 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22191 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22193 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22195 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22196 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22197 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22198 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22200 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22202 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22203 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22205 Valid values are:
22207 nil Do not print colors.
22209 t Print colors.
22211 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22212 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22214 Any other value is treated as t.")
22216 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22218 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22219 Customization of ps-print group.
22221 \(fn)" t nil)
22223 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22224 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22226 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22227 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22228 sending it to the printer.
22230 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22231 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22232 image in a file with that name.
22234 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22236 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22237 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22238 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22239 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22240 so it has a way to determine color values.
22242 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22244 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22245 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22246 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22248 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22250 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22251 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22252 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22253 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22254 so it has a way to determine color values.
22256 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22258 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22259 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22260 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22261 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22263 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22265 \(fn)" t nil)
22267 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22268 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22269 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22270 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22271 so it has a way to determine color values.
22273 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22275 \(fn)" t nil)
22277 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22278 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22279 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22281 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22283 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22285 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22286 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22287 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22288 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22289 so it has a way to determine color values.
22291 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22293 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22295 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22296 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22298 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22299 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22300 instead of sending it to the printer.
22302 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22303 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22304 image in a file with that name.
22306 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22308 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22309 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22310 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22311 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22312 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22314 \(fn)" t nil)
22316 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22317 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22318 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22320 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22322 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22323 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22324 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22326 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22328 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22329 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22331 \(fn)" nil nil)
22333 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22334 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22336 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22337 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22339 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22340 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22342 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22344 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22346 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22348 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22349 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22351 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22352 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22354 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22355 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22357 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22359 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22361 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22363 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22364 foreground and background colors respectively.
22366 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22367 bold - use bold font.
22368 italic - use italic font.
22369 underline - put a line under text.
22370 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22371 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22372 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22373 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22374 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22376 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22378 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22380 ;;;***
22382 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22383 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19714 43298))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22386 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22388 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22390 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22392 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22393 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22394 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22395 show the buffer automatically.
22397 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22398 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22400 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22401 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22402 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22403 switch to that buffer.
22405 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22406 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22407 process buffer for a list of commands.
22409 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22410 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22411 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22413 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22415 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22416 Major mode for editing Python files.
22417 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22418 for correct parsing of the source.
22419 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22420 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22421 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22423 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22424 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22425 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22426 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22427 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22428 \\<python-mode-map>
22429 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22430 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22431 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22432 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22433 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22434 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22436 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22437 effect outside them.
22439 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22440 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22441 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22442 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22443 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22444 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22445 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22446 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22447 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22449 \\{python-mode-map}
22451 \(fn)" t nil)
22453 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22454 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22455 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22456 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22458 \(fn)" t nil)
22460 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22461 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22462 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22463 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22464 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22465 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22467 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22468 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22469 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22470 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22471 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22472 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22473 programmatically.
22475 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22476 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22477 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22478 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22479 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22481 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22482 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22483 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22484 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22485 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22486 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22487 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22488 mode.
22490 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22491 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22492 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22493 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22494 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22495 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22496 filter.
22498 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22500 ;;;***
22502 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22503 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
22504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22506 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22507 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22508 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22509 coding-system.
22511 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22512 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22514 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22515 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22516 them into characters should be done separately.
22518 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22520 ;;;***
22522 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22523 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22524 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22525 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22526 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19591 62571))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22529 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22530 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22532 \(fn)" nil nil)
22534 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22535 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22536 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22538 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22539 `quail-activate', which see.
22541 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22543 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22544 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22545 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22546 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22547 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22548 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22549 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22551 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22552 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22553 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22554 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22555 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22556 shown.
22557 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22559 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22560 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22561 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22562 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22563 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22564 list of candidates.
22566 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22567 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22568 command to be called.
22570 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22571 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22572 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22573 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22575 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22576 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22577 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22578 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22579 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22580 to t.
22582 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22583 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22584 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22585 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22587 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22588 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22589 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22590 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22592 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22593 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22594 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22595 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22596 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22597 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22599 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22600 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22601 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22602 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22603 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22604 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22606 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22607 covers Quail translation region.
22609 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22610 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22611 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22612 for it) is inserted.
22614 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22615 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22616 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22618 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22619 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22620 non-Quail commands.
22622 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22624 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22625 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22627 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22628 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22629 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22630 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22631 you type is correctly handled.
22633 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22635 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22636 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22638 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22639 keyboard type.
22641 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22643 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22644 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22645 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22646 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22647 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22648 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22649 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22650 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22651 for the translation.
22652 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22654 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22655 it is used to handle KEY.
22657 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22658 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22659 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22660 the following annotation types are supported.
22662 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22663 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22665 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22666 candidate list.
22668 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22669 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22670 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22671 inserted.
22673 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22674 generated for the following translations.
22676 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22678 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22679 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22681 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22682 which to install MAP.
22684 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22686 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22688 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22689 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22691 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22692 which to install MAP.
22694 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22696 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22698 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22699 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22700 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22701 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22702 a function, or a cons.
22703 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22704 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22705 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22706 for the translation.
22707 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22708 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22709 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22710 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22711 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22713 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22714 it is used to handle KEY.
22716 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22717 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22718 current Quail package.
22720 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22721 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22723 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22725 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22726 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22728 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22729 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22731 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22733 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22734 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22736 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22738 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22739 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22740 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22741 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22742 of the Emacs source tree.
22744 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22745 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22747 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22748 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22749 of each directory.
22751 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22753 ;;;***
22755 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22756 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22757 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19714
22758 ;;;;;; 43298))
22759 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22761 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22762 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22763 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22764 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22766 To make use of this do something like:
22768 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22770 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22772 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22773 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22775 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22776 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22777 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22779 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22781 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22782 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22784 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22786 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22787 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22789 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22790 is decided.
22792 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22794 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22795 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22797 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22798 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22799 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22801 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22803 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22804 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22806 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22808 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22809 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22811 \(fn)" t nil)
22813 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22814 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22816 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22818 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22820 \(fn)" t nil)
22822 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22823 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22825 \(fn)" t nil)
22827 ;;;***
22829 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22830 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19598 13691))
22831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22833 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22834 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22836 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22838 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22842 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22844 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22845 Not documented
22847 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22849 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22850 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22851 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22853 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22854 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22856 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22858 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22859 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22863 ;;;***
22865 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19619
22866 ;;;;;; 52030))
22867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22869 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22870 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22871 See \\[compile].
22873 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22875 ;;;***
22877 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22878 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
22879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22881 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22883 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22884 Construct a regexp interactively.
22886 \(fn)" t nil)
22888 ;;;***
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19562 42953))
22891 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22893 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22894 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22895 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22898 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22900 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22902 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22903 Toggle recentf mode.
22904 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22905 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22907 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22908 that were operated on recently.
22910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22912 ;;;***
22914 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22915 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22916 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22917 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19598
22918 ;;;;;; 13691))
22919 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22920 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22921 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22922 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22923 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22924 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22925 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22927 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22928 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22929 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22930 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22932 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22934 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22936 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22937 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22938 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22939 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22940 ends.
22942 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22943 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22944 to be deleted.
22946 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22948 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22949 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22950 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22952 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22953 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22954 deleted.
22956 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22958 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22959 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22960 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22962 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22964 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22965 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22967 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22968 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22970 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22971 deleted.
22973 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22974 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22975 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22976 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22977 even beep.)
22979 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22981 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22982 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22984 \(fn)" t nil)
22986 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22987 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22988 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22989 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22990 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22991 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22992 and point is at the lower right corner.
22994 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22996 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22997 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22999 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23000 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23002 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23003 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23004 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23006 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23008 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23010 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23011 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23012 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23013 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23014 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23016 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23017 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23019 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23021 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23022 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23023 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23025 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23027 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23029 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23031 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23032 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23034 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23035 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23036 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23038 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23040 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23041 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23042 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23044 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23045 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23046 rectangle which were empty.
23048 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23050 ;;;***
23052 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19591
23053 ;;;;;; 62571))
23054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23056 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23057 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23058 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23060 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23061 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23062 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23066 ;;;***
23068 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23069 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19598 13691))
23070 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23072 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23073 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23075 \(fn)" nil nil)
23077 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23078 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23080 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23081 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23083 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23084 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23085 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23086 \\ref macro.
23088 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23089 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23090 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23092 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23093 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23094 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23096 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23097 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23099 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23100 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23102 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23103 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23104 on the menu bar.
23106 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23110 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23111 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23112 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23114 \(fn)" nil nil)
23116 ;;;***
23118 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23119 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23122 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23123 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23124 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23125 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23126 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23127 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23129 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23131 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23133 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23134 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23135 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23136 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23137 `reftex-cite-format'.
23139 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23140 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23141 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23142 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23144 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23146 ;;;***
23148 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23149 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23152 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23153 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23154 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23155 the current TeX document.
23157 With no argument, this command toggles
23158 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23159 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23163 ;;;***
23165 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23166 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23169 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23170 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23171 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23173 To insert new phrases, use
23174 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23175 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23177 To index phrases use one of:
23179 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23180 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23181 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23182 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23183 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23185 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23186 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23188 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23190 Here are all local bindings.
23192 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23194 \(fn)" t nil)
23196 ;;;***
23198 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23199 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
23200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23202 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23203 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23204 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23205 of master file.
23207 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23209 ;;;***
23211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19598
23212 ;;;;;; 13691))
23213 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23214 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23215 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23216 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23217 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23219 ;;;***
23221 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23222 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23225 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23226 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23227 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23228 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23229 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23230 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23232 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23233 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23235 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23236 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23237 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23238 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23240 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23242 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23243 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23244 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23245 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23247 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23249 ;;;***
23251 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23252 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23253 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23256 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23257 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23258 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23259 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23261 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23263 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23265 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23266 Call `remember' in another frame.
23268 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23270 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23271 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23272 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23273 application.
23275 \(fn)" t nil)
23277 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23278 Extract diary entries from the region.
23280 \(fn)" nil nil)
23282 ;;;***
23284 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19714 43298))
23285 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23287 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23288 Repeat most recently executed command.
23289 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23290 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23291 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23293 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23294 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23295 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23296 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23298 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23299 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23300 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23302 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23304 ;;;***
23306 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23307 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23310 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23311 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23313 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23314 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23315 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23316 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23317 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23318 and point is left after the salutation.
23320 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23321 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23322 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23323 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23324 left after that text.
23326 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23327 is non-nil.
23329 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23330 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23331 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23332 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23334 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23336 ;;;***
23338 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23339 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23340 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23342 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23343 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23344 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23345 visibility of comments that precede it.
23346 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23347 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23348 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23349 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23350 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23351 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23352 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23353 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23354 the comment lines.
23355 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23356 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23357 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23358 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23359 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23363 ;;;***
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23366 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23369 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23370 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23371 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23373 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23374 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23375 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23379 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23380 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23381 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23384 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23386 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23388 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23389 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23390 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23392 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23393 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23394 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23398 ;;;***
23400 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23401 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23404 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23405 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23407 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23409 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23410 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23412 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23414 ;;;***
23416 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19619 52030))
23417 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23418 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23420 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23421 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23422 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23423 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23425 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23427 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23428 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23429 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23430 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23432 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23433 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23435 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23436 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23438 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23439 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23440 INPUT-ARGS.
23442 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23443 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23444 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23445 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23446 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23448 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23449 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23450 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23451 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23453 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23454 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23455 variable.
23457 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23459 ;;;***
23461 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23462 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23463 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23464 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23465 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
23466 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19714
23467 ;;;;;; 43298))
23468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23470 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23471 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23472 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23474 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23476 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23477 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23478 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23479 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23480 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23481 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23482 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23484 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23485 sent by you under different user names.
23486 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23488 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23490 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23492 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23493 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23494 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23495 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23496 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23498 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23499 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23501 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23503 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
23504 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23505 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23506 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23507 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23508 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23509 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23511 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23512 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23513 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23514 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23515 which normally happens once for each message,
23516 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23517 To make a change in this variable take effect
23518 for a message that you have already viewed,
23519 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23521 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23523 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23524 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23525 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23526 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23528 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23530 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23531 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23533 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23535 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23536 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23537 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23539 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23541 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23542 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23543 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23544 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23545 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23546 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23548 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23550 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23551 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23553 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23555 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23556 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23558 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23560 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23561 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23563 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23564 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23566 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23568 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23569 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23571 This is set to nil by default.")
23573 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23574 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23575 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23576 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23577 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23578 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23579 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23581 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23582 Read and edit incoming mail.
23583 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23584 file in RMAIL Mode.
23585 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23587 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23588 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23589 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23590 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23592 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23594 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23596 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23597 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23598 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23599 Instead, these commands are available:
23601 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23602 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23603 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23604 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23605 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23606 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23607 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23608 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23609 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23610 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23611 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23612 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23613 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23614 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23615 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23616 till a deleted message is found.
23617 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23618 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23619 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23620 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23621 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23622 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23623 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23624 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23625 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23626 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23627 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23628 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23629 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23630 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23631 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23632 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23633 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23634 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23635 (label defaults to last one specified).
23636 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23637 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23638 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23639 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23640 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23641 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23642 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23643 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23644 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23646 \(fn)" t nil)
23648 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23649 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23651 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23653 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23654 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23656 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23658 ;;;***
23660 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23661 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19598 13691))
23662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23663 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23665 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23666 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23667 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23668 case it writes Babyl.
23670 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23671 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23672 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23673 `rmail-default-file'.
23675 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23676 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23677 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23679 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23680 the header display is currently pruned.
23682 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23683 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23684 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23685 messages after output.
23687 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23688 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23689 message (if writing a file directly).
23691 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23692 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23694 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23696 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23697 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23698 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23699 i) the header is output as currently seen
23700 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23701 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23703 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23704 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23705 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23707 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23709 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23710 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23711 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23712 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23713 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23714 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23715 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23717 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23718 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23719 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23721 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23723 ;;;***
23725 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23726 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23727 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23729 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23730 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23731 Return a pattern.
23733 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23735 ;;;***
23737 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23738 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23739 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23741 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23742 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23743 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23744 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23746 \(fn)" t nil)
23748 ;;;***
23750 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23751 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23752 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23754 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23755 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23757 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23758 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23759 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23760 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23761 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23762 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23763 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23764 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23765 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23766 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23768 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23769 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23770 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23771 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23772 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23773 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23774 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23775 to use for finding the schema.
23777 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23779 ;;;***
23781 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19562
23782 ;;;;;; 42953))
23783 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23785 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23787 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23788 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23789 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23790 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23791 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23792 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23793 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23794 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23795 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23796 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23797 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23798 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23799 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23800 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23801 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23802 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23803 must be equal.
23805 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23807 ;;;***
23809 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23810 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19562 42953))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23813 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23814 Define a robin package.
23816 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23817 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23818 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23819 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23821 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23822 one replaces the old one.
23824 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23826 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23827 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23829 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23830 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23831 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23833 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23835 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23836 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23838 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23840 ;;;***
23842 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23843 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19591 62571))
23844 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23846 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23847 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23849 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23851 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23852 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23856 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23857 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23859 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23861 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23862 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23863 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23865 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23866 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23867 in ROT13.
23869 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23871 \(fn)" t nil)
23873 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23874 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23876 \(fn)" t nil)
23878 ;;;***
23880 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23881 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23883 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23885 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23886 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23887 \\<rst-mode-map>
23888 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23889 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23890 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23891 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23892 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23894 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23895 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23896 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23897 font-locking of blocks.
23899 \\{rst-mode-map}
23901 \(fn)" t nil)
23903 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23904 ReST Minor Mode.
23905 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23906 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23907 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23908 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23910 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23911 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23912 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23916 ;;;***
23918 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23919 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23922 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23923 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23924 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23925 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23926 nesting into account.
23928 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23930 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23932 \(fn)" t nil)
23934 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23936 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23938 ;;;***
23940 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19562
23941 ;;;;;; 42953))
23942 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23944 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23945 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23946 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23948 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23949 Toggle Ruler mode.
23950 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
23952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23954 ;;;***
23956 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19598
23957 ;;;;;; 13691))
23958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23960 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23961 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23962 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23963 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23965 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23967 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23968 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23969 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23971 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23972 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23973 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23975 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23976 notation.
23978 STRING
23979 matches string STRING literally.
23981 CHAR
23982 matches character CHAR literally.
23984 `not-newline', `nonl'
23985 matches any character except a newline.
23987 `anything'
23988 matches any character
23990 `(any SET ...)'
23991 `(in SET ...)'
23992 `(char SET ...)'
23993 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23994 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23995 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23997 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23998 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23999 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24000 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24002 `(not (any SET ...))'
24003 matches any character not in SET ...
24005 `line-start', `bol'
24006 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24007 in the text being matched
24009 `line-end', `eol'
24010 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24012 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24013 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24014 string being matched against.
24016 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24017 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24018 string being matched against.
24020 `buffer-start'
24021 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24022 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24024 `buffer-end'
24025 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24026 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24028 `point'
24029 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24031 `word-start', `bow'
24032 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24034 `word-end', `eow'
24035 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24037 `word-boundary'
24038 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24039 word.
24041 `(not word-boundary)'
24042 `not-word-boundary'
24043 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24044 word.
24046 `symbol-start'
24047 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24049 `symbol-end'
24050 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24052 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24053 matches 0 through 9.
24055 `control', `cntrl'
24056 matches ASCII control characters.
24058 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24059 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24061 `blank'
24062 matches space and tab only.
24064 `graphic', `graph'
24065 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24066 space, and DEL.
24068 `printing', `print'
24069 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24070 and DEL.
24072 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24073 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24074 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24076 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24077 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24078 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24080 `ascii'
24081 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24083 `nonascii'
24084 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24086 `lower', `lower-case'
24087 matches anything lower-case.
24089 `upper', `upper-case'
24090 matches anything upper-case.
24092 `punctuation', `punct'
24093 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24094 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24096 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24097 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24099 `word', `wordchar'
24100 matches anything that has word syntax.
24102 `not-wordchar'
24103 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24105 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24106 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24107 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24108 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24110 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24111 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24112 `word' (\\sw)
24113 `symbol' (\\s_)
24114 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24115 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24116 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24117 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24118 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24119 `escape' (\\s\\)
24120 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24121 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24122 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24123 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24124 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24126 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24127 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24129 `(category CATEGORY)'
24130 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24131 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24133 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24134 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24135 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24136 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24137 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24138 `symbol' (\\c5)
24139 `digit' (\\c6)
24140 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24141 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24142 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24143 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24144 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24145 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24146 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24147 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24148 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24149 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24150 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24151 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24152 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24153 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24154 `ascii' (\\ca)
24155 `arabic' (\\cb)
24156 `chinese' (\\cc)
24157 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24158 `greek' (\\cg)
24159 `korean' (\\ch)
24160 `indian' (\\ci)
24161 `japanese' (\\cj)
24162 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24163 `latin' (\\cl)
24164 `lao' (\\co)
24165 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24166 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24167 `thai' (\\ct)
24168 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24169 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24170 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24171 `can-break' (\\c|)
24173 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24174 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24176 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24177 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24178 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24179 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24180 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24182 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24183 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24184 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24185 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24187 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24188 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24189 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24190 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24191 regular expression.
24193 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24194 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24195 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24196 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24197 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24199 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24200 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24202 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24203 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24205 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24206 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24207 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24209 `(* SEXP ...)'
24210 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24211 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24213 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24214 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24215 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24217 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24218 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24219 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24221 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24222 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24224 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24225 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24227 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24228 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24229 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24230 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24232 `(? SEXP ...)'
24233 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24235 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24236 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24238 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24239 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24240 matches N occurrences.
24242 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24243 matches N or more occurrences.
24245 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24246 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24247 matches N to M occurrences.
24249 `(backref N)'
24250 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24252 `(eval FORM)'
24253 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24254 `regexp-quote' it.
24256 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24257 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24259 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24261 ;;;***
24263 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19591
24264 ;;;;;; 62571))
24265 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24267 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24268 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24269 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24272 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24274 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24276 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24277 Toggle savehist-mode.
24278 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24279 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24280 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24281 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24283 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24284 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24285 which is probably undesirable.
24287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24289 ;;;***
24291 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24292 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
24293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24295 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24296 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24297 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24299 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24300 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24301 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24302 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24303 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24304 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24305 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24306 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24308 Commands:
24309 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24310 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24311 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24312 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24313 if that value is non-nil.
24315 \(fn)" t nil)
24317 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24318 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24319 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24321 Commands:
24322 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24323 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24324 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24325 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24326 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24327 that variable's value is a string.
24329 \(fn)" t nil)
24331 ;;;***
24333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24334 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24337 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24338 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24339 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24341 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24343 \(fn)" t nil)
24345 ;;;***
24347 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24348 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
24349 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24351 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24352 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24353 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24354 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24355 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24356 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24358 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24360 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24361 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24362 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24363 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24364 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24368 ;;;***
24370 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24371 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
24372 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24374 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24375 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24376 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24377 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24378 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24379 during scrolling.
24381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24383 ;;;***
24385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19562 42953))
24386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24387 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24388 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24390 ;;;***
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24393 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19619 52030))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24396 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24397 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24398 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24400 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24401 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24402 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24403 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24404 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24405 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24406 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24407 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24408 keybinding for tag names.")
24410 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24412 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24413 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24414 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24417 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24419 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24421 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24422 Toggle Semantic mode.
24423 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24425 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24426 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24427 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24428 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24429 Semantic mode.
24431 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24435 ;;;***
24437 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24438 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24439 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24440 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24441 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24442 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24443 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24444 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24445 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19714 43298))
24446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24448 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24449 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24451 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24452 king@grassland.com
24453 If `parens', they look like:
24454 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24455 If `angles', they look like:
24456 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24458 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24459 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24461 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24463 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24464 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24465 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24466 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24468 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24469 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24470 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24471 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24473 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24475 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24476 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24477 This is done when the message is initialized,
24478 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24480 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24482 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24483 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24484 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24486 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24488 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24490 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24491 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24492 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24493 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24494 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24495 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24496 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24498 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24499 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24501 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24502 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24504 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24506 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24507 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24508 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24509 be a Babyl file.")
24511 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24513 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24514 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24515 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24516 when you first send mail.")
24518 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24520 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24521 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24522 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24523 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24524 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24526 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24528 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24529 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24530 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24531 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24532 This file need not actually exist.")
24534 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24536 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24537 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24539 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24541 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24542 Alist of mail address aliases,
24543 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24544 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24545 can specify a different file name.)
24546 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24547 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24549 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24550 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24551 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24553 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24555 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24556 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24557 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24559 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24561 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24562 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24563 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24564 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24565 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24566 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24567 in the cited portion of the message.
24569 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24570 instead of no action.")
24572 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24574 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24575 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24576 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24577 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24578 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24580 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24582 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24583 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24584 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24585 If a string, that string is inserted.
24586 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24587 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24588 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24589 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24591 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24593 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24594 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24596 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24598 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24599 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24600 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24602 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24603 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24605 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24607 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24608 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24609 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24610 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24612 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24614 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24615 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24616 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24617 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24618 is non-nil.")
24620 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24622 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24623 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24624 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24625 `query' means ask the user each time.
24626 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24627 The default is `mime'.
24628 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24629 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24631 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24633 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24634 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24635 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24637 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24638 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24640 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24641 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24642 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24643 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24644 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24645 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24646 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24647 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24648 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24649 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24650 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24651 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24652 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24654 \(fn)" t nil)
24656 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24657 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24658 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24659 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24661 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24663 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24664 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24665 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24666 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24667 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24668 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24670 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24671 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24672 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24674 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24675 User should not set this variable manually,
24676 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24677 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24678 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24679 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24680 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24682 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24683 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24684 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24685 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24687 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24688 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24690 \\<mail-mode-map>
24691 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24693 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24694 to move to message header fields:
24695 \\{mail-mode-map}
24697 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24698 when the message is initialized.
24700 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24701 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24703 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24704 is inserted.
24706 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24707 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24709 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24710 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24711 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24712 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24713 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24714 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24715 buffer without erasing the contents.
24717 The second through fifth arguments,
24718 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24719 the initial contents of those header fields.
24720 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24721 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24722 original message being replied to, or else an action
24723 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24724 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24725 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24726 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24727 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24728 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24730 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24732 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24733 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24735 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24737 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24738 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24740 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24742 ;;;***
24744 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24745 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19714
24746 ;;;;;; 43298))
24747 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24749 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24751 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24753 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24755 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24756 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24757 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24758 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24759 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24760 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24762 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24763 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24765 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24766 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24767 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24769 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24770 \\[server-start].
24772 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24774 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24775 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24776 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24777 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24779 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24781 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24782 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24783 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24786 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24788 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24790 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24791 Toggle Server mode.
24792 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24793 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24794 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24798 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24799 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24800 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24802 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24803 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24805 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24807 ;;;***
24809 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19591 62571))
24810 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24812 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24813 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24814 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24816 Key definitions:
24817 \\{ses-mode-map}
24818 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24819 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24820 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24821 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24823 \(fn)" t nil)
24825 ;;;***
24827 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24828 ;;;;;; (19717 39999))
24829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24831 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24832 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24833 Makes > match <.
24834 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24835 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24837 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24838 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24839 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24841 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24842 in your `.emacs' file.
24844 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24846 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24847 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24848 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24850 \(fn)" t nil)
24852 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24853 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24854 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24855 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24856 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24857 which this is based.
24859 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24861 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24862 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24863 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24864 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24866 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24867 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24868 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24870 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24871 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24872 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24873 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24875 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24876 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24877 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24878 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24880 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24882 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24883 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24884 To work around that, do:
24885 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24887 \\{html-mode-map}
24889 \(fn)" t nil)
24891 ;;;***
24893 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24894 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24896 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24898 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24899 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24900 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24901 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24902 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24903 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24905 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24906 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24907 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24908 shell-specific features.
24910 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24911 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24912 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24913 \\<sh-mode-map>
24914 \\[sh-case] case statement
24915 \\[sh-for] for loop
24916 \\[sh-function] function definition
24917 \\[sh-if] if statement
24918 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24919 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24920 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24921 \\[sh-select] select loop
24922 \\[sh-until] until loop
24923 \\[sh-while] while loop
24925 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24926 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24927 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24928 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24929 would indent to the way it currently is.
24930 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24931 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24934 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24935 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24936 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24937 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24938 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24939 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24941 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24942 {, (, [, ', \", `
24943 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24945 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24946 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24947 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24949 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24950 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24952 \(fn)" t nil)
24954 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24956 ;;;***
24958 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19598 13691))
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24961 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24962 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24963 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24964 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24965 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24966 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24968 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24970 ;;;***
24972 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24973 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
24974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24976 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24977 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24979 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24980 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24981 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24983 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24984 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24985 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24986 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24987 the earlier.
24989 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24991 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24993 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24994 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24995 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24997 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24998 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25000 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25001 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25002 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25003 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25004 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25005 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25006 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25007 Emacs version).
25009 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25010 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25011 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25012 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25013 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25015 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25016 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25018 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25020 ;;;***
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25023 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19562
25024 ;;;;;; 42953))
25025 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25027 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25028 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25029 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25030 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25031 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25032 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25033 sites in the cluster.
25035 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25037 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25038 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25039 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25040 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25041 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25043 \(fn)" t nil)
25045 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25046 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25047 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25048 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25049 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25050 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25051 `shadow-define-cluster').
25053 \(fn)" t nil)
25055 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25056 Set up file shadowing.
25058 \(fn)" t nil)
25060 ;;;***
25062 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25063 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
25064 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25066 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25067 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25068 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25069 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25070 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25071 arguments.")
25073 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25075 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25076 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25077 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25078 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25079 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25081 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25082 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25083 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25084 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25085 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25086 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25087 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25088 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25089 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25090 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25091 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25093 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25094 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25095 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25096 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25097 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25098 `default-process-coding-system'.
25100 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25101 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25102 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25103 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25105 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25107 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25108 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25110 ;;;***
25112 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19714
25113 ;;;;;; 43298))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25116 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25117 Not documented
25119 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25121 ;;;***
25123 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25124 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19640 47194))
25125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25127 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25128 Not documented
25130 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25132 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25133 Not documented
25135 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25137 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25138 Not documented
25140 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25142 ;;;***
25144 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25145 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
25146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25148 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25149 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25150 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25151 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25152 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25154 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25156 \(fn)" t nil)
25158 ;;;***
25160 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19714
25161 ;;;;;; 43298))
25162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25164 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25165 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25166 \\{simula-mode-map}
25167 Variables controlling indentation style:
25168 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25169 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25170 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25171 `simula-indent-level'
25172 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25173 `simula-substatement-offset'
25174 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25175 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25176 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25177 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25178 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25179 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25180 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25181 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25182 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25183 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25184 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25185 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25186 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25187 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25188 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25189 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25190 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25191 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25192 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25193 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25194 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25195 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25196 or nil if they should not be changed.
25197 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25198 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25199 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25200 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25202 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25203 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25205 \(fn)" t nil)
25207 ;;;***
25209 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25210 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19714 43298))
25211 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25213 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25214 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25216 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25217 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25218 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25219 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25221 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25223 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25224 Insert SKELETON.
25225 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25226 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25227 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25228 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25229 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25231 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25232 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25234 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25236 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25237 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25239 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25240 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25241 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25242 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25244 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25245 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25246 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25247 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25249 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25250 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25251 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25253 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25254 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25256 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25257 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25259 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25260 _ interesting point, interregion here
25261 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25262 interesting point set by _
25263 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25264 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25265 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25266 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25267 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25268 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25269 nil skipped
25271 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25272 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25274 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25275 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25276 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25277 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25278 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25279 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25280 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25281 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25283 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25284 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25285 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25286 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25287 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25288 available:
25290 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25291 then: insert previously read string once more
25292 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25293 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25294 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25296 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25297 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25299 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25301 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25302 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25304 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25305 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25306 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25307 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25308 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25309 such as backslash.
25311 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25312 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25313 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25315 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25317 ;;;***
25319 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25320 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19714 43298))
25321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25323 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25324 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25325 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25326 buffer names.
25328 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25330 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25331 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25332 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25336 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25337 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25338 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25340 \(fn)" t nil)
25342 ;;;***
25344 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25345 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
25346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25348 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25349 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25350 A list of images is returned.
25352 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25354 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25355 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25356 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25358 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25360 ;;;***
25362 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25363 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19562 42953))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25366 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25367 Not documented
25369 \(fn)" nil nil)
25371 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25372 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25374 \(fn)" t nil)
25376 ;;;***
25378 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19562 42953))
25379 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25381 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25382 Play the Snake game.
25383 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25385 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25387 Snake mode keybindings:
25388 \\<snake-mode-map>
25389 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25390 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25391 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25392 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25393 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25394 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25395 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25397 \(fn)" t nil)
25399 ;;;***
25401 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25402 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
25403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25405 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25406 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25407 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25408 Tab indents for C code.
25409 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25410 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25411 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25412 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25413 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25415 \(fn)" t nil)
25417 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25418 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25419 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25420 Tab indents for C code.
25421 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25422 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25423 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25424 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25425 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25427 \(fn)" t nil)
25429 ;;;***
25431 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19619
25432 ;;;;;; 52030))
25433 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25435 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25436 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25437 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25438 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25439 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25441 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25445 ;;;***
25447 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19562
25448 ;;;;;; 42953))
25449 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25451 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25452 Play Solitaire.
25454 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25455 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25456 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25457 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25458 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25459 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25460 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25461 check after each move or undo.)
25463 What is Solitaire?
25465 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25466 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25467 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25469 Le Solitaire
25470 ============
25472 o o o
25474 o o o
25476 o o o o o o o
25478 o o o . o o o
25480 o o o o o o o
25482 o o o
25484 o o o
25486 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25487 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25488 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25489 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25491 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25492 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25493 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25494 this: o o .
25496 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25497 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25499 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25501 o o o
25503 . o o
25505 o o . o o o o
25507 o . o o o o o
25509 o o o o o o o
25511 o o o
25513 o o o
25515 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25517 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25521 ;;;***
25523 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25524 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25525 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19714 43298))
25526 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25527 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25529 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25530 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25532 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25533 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25534 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25535 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25536 contiguous.
25538 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25539 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25540 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25541 the sort order.
25543 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25544 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25546 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25547 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25548 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25549 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25550 is called.
25552 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25553 It should move point to the end of the record.
25555 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25556 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25557 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25558 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25559 starts at the beginning of the record.
25561 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25562 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25563 same as ENDRECFUN.
25565 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25566 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25568 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25570 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25571 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25572 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25573 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25574 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25575 the sort order.
25577 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25579 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25580 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25581 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25582 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25583 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25584 the sort order.
25586 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25588 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25589 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25590 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25591 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25593 the sort order.
25595 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25596 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25598 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25599 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25600 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25601 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25602 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25603 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25604 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25605 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25606 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25608 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25610 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25611 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25612 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25613 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25614 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25615 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25616 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25617 the sort order.
25619 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25621 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25622 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25623 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25624 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25625 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25626 is to be used for sorting.
25627 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25628 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25629 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25630 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25631 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25633 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25635 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25636 the sort order.
25638 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25639 starting with the letter \"f\",
25640 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25642 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25644 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25645 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25646 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25647 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25648 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25649 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25650 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25651 the sort order.
25653 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25654 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25655 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25656 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25657 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25659 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25661 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25662 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25663 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25665 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25667 ;;;***
25669 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19714
25670 ;;;;;; 43298))
25671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25673 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25674 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25675 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25676 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25677 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25678 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25680 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25682 ;;;***
25684 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25685 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25686 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19640 47194))
25687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25689 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25690 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25692 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25693 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25694 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25696 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25698 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25699 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25700 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25701 server.
25703 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25705 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25706 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25707 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25709 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25711 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25712 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25713 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25714 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25715 Agent is plugged.
25717 \(fn)" t nil)
25719 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25720 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25721 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25722 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25724 \(fn)" t nil)
25726 ;;;***
25728 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25729 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19714 43298))
25730 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25732 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25734 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25735 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25736 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25737 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25738 supported at a time.
25739 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25740 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25744 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25745 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25746 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25747 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25749 \(fn)" t nil)
25751 ;;;***
25753 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25754 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19619 52030))
25755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25757 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25759 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25760 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25761 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25762 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25763 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25764 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25766 \(fn)" t nil)
25768 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25770 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25771 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25772 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25773 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25775 \(fn)" t nil)
25777 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25779 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25780 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25781 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25782 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25783 for example, \"word\".
25785 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25787 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25789 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25790 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25792 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25794 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25796 ;;;***
25798 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19562
25799 ;;;;;; 42953))
25800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25802 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25803 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25805 \(fn)" t nil)
25807 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25808 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25810 \(fn)" nil nil)
25812 ;;;***
25814 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25815 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25816 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25817 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25818 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
25819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25821 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25822 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25824 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25825 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25826 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25827 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25828 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25829 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25830 of the current highlighting list.
25832 For example:
25834 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25835 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25837 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25838 `_t' as data types.
25840 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25842 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25843 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25845 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25846 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25848 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25850 \\\\FREE
25852 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25854 \\\\NONFREE
25856 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25858 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25859 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25861 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25862 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25863 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25864 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25866 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25867 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25868 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25869 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25871 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25872 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25873 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25875 \(fn)" t nil)
25877 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25878 Major mode to edit SQL.
25880 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25881 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25882 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25884 \\{sql-mode-map}
25885 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25887 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25888 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25889 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25890 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25891 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25892 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25894 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25895 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25897 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25898 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25899 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25901 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25902 (lambda ()
25903 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25905 \(fn)" t nil)
25907 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25908 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25910 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25911 their settings.
25913 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25914 is specified in the connection settings.
25916 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25918 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25919 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25921 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25922 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25924 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25925 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25926 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25927 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25929 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25931 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25933 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25934 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25936 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25937 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25938 `*SQL*'.
25940 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25941 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25942 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25943 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25945 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25946 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25948 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25949 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25950 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25951 buffer.
25953 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25954 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25955 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25956 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25957 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25958 `default-process-coding-system'.
25960 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25962 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25964 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25965 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25967 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25968 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25969 `*SQL*'.
25971 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25972 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25973 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25974 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25976 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25977 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25979 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25980 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25981 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25982 buffer.
25984 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25985 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25986 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25987 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25988 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25989 `default-process-coding-system'.
25991 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25993 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25995 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25996 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25998 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25999 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26000 `*SQL*'.
26002 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26003 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26005 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26006 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26008 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26009 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26010 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26011 buffer.
26013 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26014 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26015 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26016 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26017 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26018 `default-process-coding-system'.
26020 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26022 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26024 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26025 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26027 SQLite is free software.
26029 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26030 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26031 `*SQL*'.
26033 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26034 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26035 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26036 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26038 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26039 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26041 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26042 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26043 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26044 buffer.
26046 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26047 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26048 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26049 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26050 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26051 `default-process-coding-system'.
26053 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26055 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26057 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26058 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26060 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26062 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26063 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26064 `*SQL*'.
26066 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26067 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26068 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26069 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26071 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26072 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26074 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26075 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26076 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26077 buffer.
26079 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26080 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26081 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26082 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26083 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26084 `default-process-coding-system'.
26086 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26088 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26090 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26091 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26093 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26094 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26095 `*SQL*'.
26097 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26098 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26099 defaults, if set.
26101 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26102 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26104 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26105 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26106 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26107 buffer.
26109 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26110 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26111 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26112 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26113 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26114 `default-process-coding-system'.
26116 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26118 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26120 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26121 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26123 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26124 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26125 `*SQL*'.
26127 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26128 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26130 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26131 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26133 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26134 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26135 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26136 buffer.
26138 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26139 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26140 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26141 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26142 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26143 `default-process-coding-system'.
26145 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26147 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26149 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26150 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26152 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26153 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26154 `*SQL*'.
26156 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26157 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26158 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26159 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26161 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26162 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26164 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26165 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26166 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26167 buffer.
26169 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26170 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26171 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26172 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26173 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26174 `default-process-coding-system'.
26176 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26178 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26180 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26181 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26183 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26184 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26185 `*SQL*'.
26187 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26188 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26189 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26190 `sql-postgres-options'.
26192 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26193 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26195 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26196 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26197 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26198 buffer.
26200 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26201 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26202 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26203 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26204 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26205 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26206 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26207 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26209 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26210 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26212 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26214 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26216 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26217 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26219 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26220 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26221 `*SQL*'.
26223 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26224 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26225 defaults, if set.
26227 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26228 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26230 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26231 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26232 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26233 buffer.
26235 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26236 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26237 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26238 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26239 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26240 `default-process-coding-system'.
26242 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26244 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26246 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26247 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26249 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26250 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26251 `*SQL*'.
26253 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26254 automatic login.
26256 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26257 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26259 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26260 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26261 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26262 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26264 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26265 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26266 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26267 buffer.
26269 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26270 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26271 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26272 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26273 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26274 `default-process-coding-system'.
26276 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26278 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26280 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26281 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26283 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26284 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26285 `*SQL*'.
26287 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26288 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26289 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26290 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26291 parameters.
26293 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26294 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26295 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26296 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26297 an empty password.
26299 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26300 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26302 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26303 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26304 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26305 buffer.
26307 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26309 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26311 ;;;***
26313 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26314 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26315 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26317 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26318 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26320 \(fn)" t nil)
26322 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26324 ;;;***
26326 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26327 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
26328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26330 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26331 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26332 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26333 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26334 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26335 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26336 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26337 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26338 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26339 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26340 with any buffer
26341 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26342 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26343 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26344 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26346 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26348 ;;;***
26350 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26351 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26352 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26353 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26354 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19562
26355 ;;;;;; 42953))
26356 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26358 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26359 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26360 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26361 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26362 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26363 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26365 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26367 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26369 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26370 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26371 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26372 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26373 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26374 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26375 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26377 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26379 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26380 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26381 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26382 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26383 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26384 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26385 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26387 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26389 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26390 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26391 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26393 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26395 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26396 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26397 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26399 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26401 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26402 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26404 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26406 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26407 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26409 \(fn)" t nil)
26411 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26412 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26414 \(fn)" t nil)
26416 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26417 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26418 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26419 chronologically by command name.
26420 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26422 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26424 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26425 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26426 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26428 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26429 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26431 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26433 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26434 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26435 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26436 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26437 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26438 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26439 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26441 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26442 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26443 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26444 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26446 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26450 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26451 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26452 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26453 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26455 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26457 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26458 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26460 \(fn)" t nil)
26462 ;;;***
26464 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26465 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19562 42953))
26466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26468 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26469 Studlify-case the region.
26471 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26473 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26474 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26476 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26478 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26479 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26481 \(fn)" t nil)
26483 ;;;***
26485 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26486 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26489 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26490 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26491 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26492 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26493 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26494 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26495 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26496 Here are some examples:
26498 Nomenclature Subwords
26499 ===========================================================
26500 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26501 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26502 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26504 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26505 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26506 as words.
26508 \\{subword-mode-map}
26510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26512 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26513 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26514 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26517 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26519 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26521 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26522 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26523 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26524 ARG is positive.
26525 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26526 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26527 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26531 ;;;***
26533 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26534 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26537 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26538 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26539 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26540 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26541 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26542 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26543 original message but it does require a few things:
26545 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26547 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26548 reply buffer.
26550 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26551 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26552 original message.
26554 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26556 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26558 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26559 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26560 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26562 \(fn)" nil nil)
26564 ;;;***
26566 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19562
26567 ;;;;;; 42953))
26568 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26570 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26572 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26573 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26574 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26576 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26577 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26579 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26581 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26582 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26583 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26584 otherwise turn it off.
26586 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26587 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26588 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26592 ;;;***
26594 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19598 13691))
26595 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26597 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26598 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26599 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26600 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26601 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26605 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26606 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26607 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26608 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26609 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26610 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26611 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26615 ;;;***
26617 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26618 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26619 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26620 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26621 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26622 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26623 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26624 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26625 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26626 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26627 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26628 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26629 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19714 43298))
26630 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26632 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26633 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26634 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26636 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26638 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26639 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26641 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26643 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26644 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26646 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26648 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26649 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26651 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26653 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26654 Insert an editable text table.
26655 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26656 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26657 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26658 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26659 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26660 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26661 delimiting them.
26663 Examples:
26665 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26667 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26668 location of point.
26672 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26673 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26674 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26675 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26676 first cell.
26678 +-----+-----+-----+
26679 |-!- | | |
26680 +-----+-----+-----+
26682 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26684 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26685 width, which results as
26687 +--------------+-----+-----+
26688 |-!- | | |
26689 +--------------+-----+-----+
26691 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26692 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26694 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26695 | | |-!- |
26696 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26698 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26699 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26700 width information to `table-insert'.
26702 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26704 instead of
26706 Cell width(s): 5
26708 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26709 work all together.
26711 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26712 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26715 |-!- | | |
26716 | | | |
26717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26719 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26721 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26722 |-!- | | |
26723 | | | |
26724 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26725 | | | |
26726 | | | |
26727 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26729 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26731 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26732 | | | |
26733 | | | |
26734 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26735 | | | |
26736 | | | |
26737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26740 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26741 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26742 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26744 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26745 | | | |
26746 | | | |
26747 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26748 | | | |
26749 | | | |
26750 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26751 |-!- | | |
26752 | | | |
26753 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26755 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26756 results.
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26759 | | | |
26760 | | | |
26761 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26762 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26763 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26764 | | |expected results.-!- |
26765 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26766 | | | |
26767 | | | |
26768 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26770 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26772 \\{table-cell-map}
26774 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26776 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26777 Insert N table row(s).
26778 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26779 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26780 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26781 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26783 \(fn N)" t nil)
26785 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26786 Insert N table column(s).
26787 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26788 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26789 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26790 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26792 \(fn N)" t nil)
26794 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26795 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26796 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26798 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26800 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26801 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26802 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26803 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26804 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26805 all the table specific features.
26807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26809 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26810 Not documented
26812 \(fn)" t nil)
26814 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26815 Recognize all tables within region.
26816 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26817 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26818 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26819 specific features.
26821 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26824 Not documented
26826 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26828 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26829 Recognize a table at point.
26830 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26831 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26832 the table specific features.
26834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26836 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26837 Not documented
26839 \(fn)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26842 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26843 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26844 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26845 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26846 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26847 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26849 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26851 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26852 Not documented
26854 \(fn)" t nil)
26856 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26857 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26858 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26859 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26860 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26861 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26862 specified.
26864 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26866 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26867 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26868 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26869 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26870 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26871 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26872 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26873 table structure.
26875 \(fn N)" t nil)
26877 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26878 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26879 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26880 table's rectangle structure.
26882 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26884 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26885 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26886 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26887 table's rectangle structure.
26889 \(fn N)" t nil)
26891 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26892 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26893 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26894 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26895 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26897 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26899 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26900 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26901 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26903 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26904 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26905 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26906 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26907 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26908 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26909 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26911 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26912 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26913 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26914 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26915 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26916 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26917 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26919 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26920 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26921 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26922 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26923 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26924 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26925 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26926 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26928 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26930 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26931 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26932 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26933 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26937 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26938 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26939 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26941 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26943 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26944 Split current cell vertically.
26945 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26947 \(fn)" t nil)
26949 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26950 Split current cell horizontally.
26951 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26953 \(fn)" t nil)
26955 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26956 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26957 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26959 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26961 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26962 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26963 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26964 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26966 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26968 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26969 Justify cell contents.
26970 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26971 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26972 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26973 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26975 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26977 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26978 Justify cells of a row.
26979 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26980 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26982 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26984 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26985 Justify cells of a column.
26986 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26987 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26989 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26991 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26992 Toggle fixing width mode.
26993 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26994 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26995 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26999 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27000 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27001 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27002 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27003 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27004 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27005 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27006 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27007 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27008 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27009 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27011 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27013 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27014 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27015 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27016 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27017 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27018 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27019 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27020 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27021 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27022 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27023 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27024 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27025 untouched.
27027 References used for this implementation:
27029 HTML:
27030 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27032 LaTeX:
27033 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27035 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27036 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27037 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27039 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27041 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27042 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27043 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27044 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27045 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27046 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27047 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27048 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27049 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27050 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27051 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27052 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27053 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27054 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27055 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27056 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27057 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27059 Example:
27061 (progn
27062 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27063 (table-forward-cell 15)
27064 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27065 (table-forward-cell 16)
27066 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27067 (table-forward-cell 1)
27068 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27070 (progn
27071 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27072 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27073 (table-forward-cell 1)
27074 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27076 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27078 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27079 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27080 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27081 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27082 consists from cells of same height.
27084 \(fn N)" t nil)
27086 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27087 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27088 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27089 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27090 column must consists from cells of same width.
27092 \(fn N)" t nil)
27094 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27095 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27096 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27097 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27098 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27099 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27100 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27101 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27102 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27103 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27104 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27105 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27106 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27107 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27108 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27111 Example 1:
27113 1, 2, 3, 4
27114 5, 6, 7, 8
27115 , 9, 10
27117 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27118 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27119 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27120 specified as 5.
27122 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27123 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27124 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27125 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27126 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27127 | | 9 | 10 | |
27128 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27130 Note:
27132 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27133 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27134 of each row is optional.
27137 Example 2:
27139 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27140 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27141 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27142 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27143 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27145 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27146 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27148 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27149 expression and raw delimiter regular
27150 expression, it parses the specified text
27151 area and extracts cell items from
27152 non-table text and then forms a table out
27153 of them.
27155 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27156 creates a single cell table. The text in
27157 the specified region is placed in that
27158 cell.-*-
27160 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27161 like this.
27163 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27164 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27165 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27167 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27168 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27169 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27170 | area and extracts cell items from |
27171 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27172 | of them. |
27174 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27175 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27176 | the specified region is placed in that |
27177 | cell. |
27178 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27180 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27181 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27182 independently.
27184 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27185 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27186 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27187 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27188 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27189 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27190 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27191 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27192 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27193 | |of them. |
27194 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27195 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27196 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27197 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27198 | |cell. |
27199 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27201 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27202 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27203 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27205 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27207 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27208 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27209 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27210 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27211 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27213 \(fn)" t nil)
27215 ;;;***
27217 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19562 42953))
27218 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27220 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27221 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27223 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27225 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27226 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27228 \(fn)" t nil)
27230 ;;;***
27232 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19619 52030))
27233 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27235 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27236 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27237 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27238 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27239 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27240 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27241 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27243 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27244 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27245 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27246 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27248 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27249 \\{tar-mode-map}
27251 \(fn)" t nil)
27253 ;;;***
27255 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27256 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19714 43298))
27257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27259 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27260 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27261 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27262 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27263 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27264 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27266 Variables controlling indentation style:
27267 `tcl-indent-level'
27268 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27269 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27270 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27272 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27273 documentation for details):
27274 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27275 Controls action of TAB key.
27276 `tcl-auto-newline'
27277 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27278 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27279 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27280 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27281 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27283 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27284 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27285 already exist.
27287 \(fn)" t nil)
27289 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27290 Run inferior Tcl process.
27291 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27292 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27294 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27296 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27297 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27298 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27300 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27302 ;;;***
27304 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19640 47194))
27305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27306 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27308 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27309 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27310 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27311 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27313 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27314 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27315 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27316 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27317 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27319 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27320 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27322 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27323 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27324 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27325 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27327 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27329 ;;;***
27331 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27332 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
27333 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27335 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27336 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27337 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27338 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27339 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27340 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27342 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27344 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27345 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27346 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27347 commands to use in that buffer.
27349 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27351 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27353 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27354 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27356 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27358 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27359 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27360 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27361 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27362 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27363 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27364 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27365 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27366 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27367 use in that buffer.
27368 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27370 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27372 ;;;***
27374 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19591
27375 ;;;;;; 62571))
27376 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27378 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27379 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27380 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27381 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27382 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27383 program as keyboard input.
27385 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27386 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27387 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27388 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27390 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27391 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27392 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27393 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27394 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27396 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27398 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27399 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27400 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27401 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27403 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27404 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27405 subprocess started.
27407 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27409 ;;;***
27411 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27412 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
27413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27415 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27416 Start coverage on function under point.
27418 \(fn)" t nil)
27420 ;;;***
27422 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19562 42953))
27423 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27425 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27426 Play the Tetris game.
27427 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27428 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27429 as to form complete rows.
27431 tetris-mode keybindings:
27432 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27433 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27434 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27435 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27436 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27437 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27438 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27439 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27440 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27442 \(fn)" t nil)
27444 ;;;***
27446 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27447 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27448 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27449 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27450 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27451 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27452 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27453 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27456 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27457 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27459 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27461 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27462 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27463 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27464 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27465 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27467 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27469 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27470 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27471 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27472 if it matches the first line of the file,
27473 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27475 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27477 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27478 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27479 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27480 if the variable is non-nil.")
27482 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27484 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27485 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27487 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27489 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27490 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27491 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27492 See the documentation of that variable.")
27494 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27496 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27497 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27498 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27499 See the documentation of that variable.")
27501 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27503 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27504 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27505 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27506 See the documentation of that variable.")
27508 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27510 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27511 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27512 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27513 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27514 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27516 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27518 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27519 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27520 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27521 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27523 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27525 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27526 User defined LaTeX block names.
27527 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27529 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27531 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27532 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27533 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27534 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27538 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27539 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27540 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27541 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27543 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27545 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27546 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27547 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27548 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27550 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27551 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27552 for example,
27554 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27555 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27557 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27558 use.")
27560 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27562 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27563 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27564 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27565 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27566 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27568 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27570 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27572 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27573 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27574 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27576 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27578 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27579 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27580 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27581 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27582 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27584 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27586 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27587 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27589 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27591 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27592 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27594 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27596 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27597 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27598 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27599 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27600 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27601 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27602 says which mode to use.
27604 \(fn)" t nil)
27606 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27608 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27610 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27612 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27613 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27614 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27615 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27616 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27618 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27619 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27620 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27621 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27622 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27623 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27624 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27626 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27627 mismatched $'s or braces.
27629 Special commands:
27630 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27632 Mode variables:
27633 tex-run-command
27634 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27635 tex-directory
27636 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27637 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27638 tex-dvi-print-command
27639 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27640 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27641 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27642 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-dvi-view-command
27644 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27645 tex-show-queue-command
27646 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27647 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27649 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27650 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27651 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27653 \(fn)" t nil)
27655 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27656 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27657 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27658 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27659 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27661 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27662 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27663 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27664 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27665 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27666 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27667 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27669 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27670 mismatched $'s or braces.
27672 Special commands:
27673 \\{latex-mode-map}
27675 Mode variables:
27676 latex-run-command
27677 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27678 tex-directory
27679 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27680 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27681 tex-dvi-print-command
27682 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27683 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27684 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27685 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27686 tex-dvi-view-command
27687 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27688 tex-show-queue-command
27689 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27690 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27692 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27693 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27694 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27696 \(fn)" t nil)
27698 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27699 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27700 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27701 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27702 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27704 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27705 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27706 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27707 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27708 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27709 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27710 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27712 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27713 mismatched $'s or braces.
27715 Special commands:
27716 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27718 Mode variables:
27719 slitex-run-command
27720 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27721 tex-directory
27722 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27723 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27724 tex-dvi-print-command
27725 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27726 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27727 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27728 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27729 tex-dvi-view-command
27730 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27731 tex-show-queue-command
27732 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27733 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27735 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27736 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27737 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27738 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27740 \(fn)" t nil)
27742 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27743 Not documented
27745 \(fn)" nil nil)
27747 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27748 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27750 \(fn)" t nil)
27752 ;;;***
27754 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27755 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19714 43298))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27758 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27759 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27760 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27761 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27763 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27764 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27765 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27767 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27769 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27770 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27771 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27772 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27773 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27775 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27777 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27778 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27779 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27780 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27782 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27783 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27784 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27785 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27787 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27788 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27790 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27792 ;;;***
27794 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27795 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19714 43298))
27796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27798 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27799 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27801 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27803 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27804 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27806 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27808 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27809 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27811 It has these extra commands:
27812 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27814 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27815 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27816 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27817 modified version of TeX input format.
27819 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27820 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27821 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27822 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27824 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27825 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27826 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27827 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27828 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27829 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27830 in the Texinfo file.
27832 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27833 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27834 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27835 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27836 move forward past the closing brace.
27838 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27839 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27841 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27842 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27843 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27845 Here are the functions:
27847 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27848 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27849 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27851 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27852 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27853 texinfo-master-menu
27855 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27857 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27858 which menu descriptions are indented.
27860 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27861 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27862 in the region.
27864 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27865 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27866 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27867 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27869 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27870 be the first node in the file.
27872 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27873 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27875 \(fn)" t nil)
27877 ;;;***
27879 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27880 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27881 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
27882 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27884 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27885 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27886 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27887 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27889 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27891 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27892 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27894 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27896 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27897 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27899 \(fn)" t nil)
27901 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27902 Not documented
27904 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27906 ;;;***
27908 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27909 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27910 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19562 42953))
27911 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27913 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27914 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27916 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27918 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27919 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27920 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27921 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27922 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27924 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27925 a symbol as a valid THING.
27927 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27928 of the textual entity that was found.
27930 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27932 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27933 Return the THING at point.
27934 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27935 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27936 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27938 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27939 a symbol as a valid THING.
27941 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27943 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27944 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27946 \(fn)" nil nil)
27948 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27949 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27951 \(fn)" nil nil)
27953 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27954 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27956 \(fn)" nil nil)
27958 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27959 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27961 \(fn)" nil nil)
27963 ;;;***
27965 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27966 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27967 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
27968 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27970 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27971 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27973 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27975 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27976 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27977 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27978 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27980 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27982 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27983 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27985 \(fn)" t nil)
27987 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27988 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27990 \(fn)" t nil)
27992 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27994 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27995 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27997 \(fn)" t nil)
27999 ;;;***
28001 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28002 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28003 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28004 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28005 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19562
28006 ;;;;;; 42953))
28007 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28009 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28010 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28011 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28013 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28015 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28016 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28018 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28020 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28021 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28022 The returned string has no composition information.
28024 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28026 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28027 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28029 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28031 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28032 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28034 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28036 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28037 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28038 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28039 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28041 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28043 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28044 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28045 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28046 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28048 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28050 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28051 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28052 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28054 \(fn)" t nil)
28056 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28057 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28058 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28060 \(fn)" t nil)
28062 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28063 Not documented
28065 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28067 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28068 Not documented
28070 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28072 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28073 Not documented
28075 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28077 ;;;***
28079 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28080 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28083 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28084 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28085 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28086 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28087 parameters.
28088 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28090 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28092 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28093 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28094 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28095 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28096 parameters.
28097 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28099 \(fn)" t nil)
28101 ;;;***
28103 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28104 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28105 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19640 47194))
28106 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28108 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28109 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28111 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28112 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28114 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28115 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28116 This display updates automatically every minute.
28117 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28118 are displayed as well.
28119 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28121 \(fn)" t nil)
28123 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28124 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28125 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28127 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28128 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28130 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28132 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28133 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28134 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28136 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28137 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28138 are displayed as well.
28139 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28143 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28144 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28145 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28146 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28148 \(fn)" t nil)
28150 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28151 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28152 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28153 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28155 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28157 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28158 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28160 \(fn)" t nil)
28162 ;;;***
28164 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28165 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28166 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28167 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28168 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
28169 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28171 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28172 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28173 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28175 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28176 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28177 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28178 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28179 (progn
28180 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28181 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28182 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28184 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28185 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28187 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28189 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28190 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28192 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28194 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28195 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28197 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28199 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28200 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28201 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28203 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28205 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28207 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28208 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28209 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28211 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28213 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28214 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28216 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28218 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28219 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28220 DATE should be a date-time string.
28222 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28224 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28225 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28226 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28228 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28230 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28231 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28233 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28235 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28236 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28238 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28240 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28241 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28242 TIME should be a time value.
28243 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28245 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28247 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28248 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28249 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28251 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28253 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28254 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28255 The valid format specifiers are:
28256 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28257 %d is the number of days.
28258 %h is the number of hours.
28259 %m is the number of minutes.
28260 %s is the number of seconds.
28261 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28262 %% is a literal \"%\".
28264 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28265 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28267 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28268 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28269 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28271 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28272 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28273 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28275 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28277 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28279 ;;;***
28281 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28282 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19562 42953))
28283 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28284 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28291 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28293 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28294 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28295 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28296 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28297 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28298 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28299 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28300 look like one of the following:
28301 Time-stamp: <>
28302 Time-stamp: \" \"
28303 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28304 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28305 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28306 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28307 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28308 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28309 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28310 the template.
28312 \(fn)" t nil)
28314 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28315 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28316 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28320 ;;;***
28322 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28323 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28324 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28325 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28326 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
28327 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28329 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28330 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28331 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28332 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28333 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28334 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28335 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28336 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28337 display (non-nil means on).
28339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28341 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28342 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28343 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28344 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28345 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28346 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28347 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28348 this function is called within a day.
28350 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28351 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28352 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28353 discover the name of the project.
28355 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28357 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28358 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28359 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28360 begun during the last time segment.
28362 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28363 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28364 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28365 discover the reason.
28367 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28369 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28370 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28371 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28372 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28373 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28375 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28377 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28378 Change to working on a different project.
28379 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28380 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28381 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28382 working on.
28384 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28386 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28387 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28388 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28390 \(fn)" nil nil)
28392 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28393 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28394 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28396 \(fn)" t nil)
28398 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28399 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28400 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28401 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28402 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28403 \"relative to today\".
28405 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28407 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28408 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28409 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28410 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28412 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28414 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28415 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28416 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28417 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28418 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28419 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28421 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28423 ;;;***
28425 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28426 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19640 47194))
28427 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28429 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28430 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28431 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28432 the generated Quail package is saved.
28434 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28436 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28437 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28438 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28439 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28440 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28441 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28442 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28444 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28446 ;;;***
28448 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28449 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19562 42953))
28450 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28451 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28452 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28454 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28455 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28456 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28457 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28458 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28460 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28462 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28463 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28464 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28465 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28466 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28468 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28470 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28471 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28472 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28473 in the menu in two ways:
28474 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28475 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28476 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28478 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28479 keymap or an alist of alists.
28480 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28481 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28483 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28485 ;;;***
28487 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28488 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28489 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19562 42953))
28490 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28492 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28493 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28495 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28497 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28498 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28500 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28502 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28503 Insert new TODO list entry.
28504 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28505 category.
28507 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28509 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28510 List top priorities for each category.
28512 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28513 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28515 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28516 between each category.
28517 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28519 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28521 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28522 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28523 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28524 between each category.
28526 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28528 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28530 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28531 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28533 \(fn)" t nil)
28535 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28536 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28538 \(fn)" nil nil)
28540 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28541 Show TODO list.
28543 \(fn)" t nil)
28545 ;;;***
28547 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28548 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28549 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19714 43298))
28550 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28552 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28553 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28554 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28558 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28559 Add an item to the tool bar.
28560 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28561 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28562 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28563 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28565 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28566 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28567 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28568 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28570 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28571 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28573 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28575 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28576 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28577 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28578 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28579 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28580 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28582 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28583 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28584 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28585 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28587 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28589 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28590 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28591 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28592 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28593 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28594 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28595 properties to add to the binding.
28597 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28599 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28600 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28602 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28604 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28605 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28606 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28607 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28608 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28609 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28610 properties to add to the binding.
28612 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28613 holds a keymap.
28615 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28617 ;;;***
28619 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28620 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28623 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28624 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28625 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28628 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28630 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28632 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28633 TPU/edt emulation.
28635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28637 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28639 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28640 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28642 \(fn)" t nil)
28644 ;;;***
28646 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28647 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28650 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28651 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28653 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28654 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28655 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28656 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28657 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28659 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28660 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28661 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28662 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28663 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28665 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28666 (tpu-edt)
28668 Known Problems:
28670 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28671 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28672 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28673 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28674 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28675 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28677 \(fn)" t nil)
28679 ;;;***
28681 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19562 42953))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28684 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28685 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28686 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28687 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28688 to a tcp server on another machine.
28690 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28692 ;;;***
28694 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28695 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19591 62571))
28696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28698 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28699 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28701 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28703 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28704 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28705 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28706 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28707 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28708 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28709 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28710 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28712 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28714 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28715 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28716 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28717 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28718 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28719 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28720 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28721 the window or buffer configuration.
28723 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28725 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28727 ;;;***
28729 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28730 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28731 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28732 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19714 43298))
28733 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28735 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28736 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28737 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28739 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28741 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28742 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28744 It can have the following values:
28746 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28747 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28748 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28750 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28752 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28753 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28754 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28755 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28757 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28759 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28760 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28761 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28762 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28764 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28765 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28766 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28768 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28769 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28770 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28771 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28772 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28773 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28774 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28775 files which are not really Tramp files.
28777 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28778 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28779 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28780 updated after changing this variable.
28782 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28784 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28785 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28786 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28787 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28789 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28790 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28791 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28792 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28794 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28796 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28797 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28798 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28799 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28801 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28802 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28803 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28805 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28806 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28807 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28809 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28810 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28811 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28812 updated after changing this variable.
28814 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28816 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28817 Alist of completion handler functions.
28818 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28819 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28820 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28822 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28823 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28824 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28825 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28827 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28828 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28829 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28830 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28832 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28833 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28834 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28836 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28838 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28839 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28840 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28842 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28843 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28845 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28847 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28848 Not documented
28850 \(fn)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28853 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28855 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28857 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28858 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28860 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28863 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28865 \(fn)" t nil)
28867 ;;;***
28869 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28870 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28873 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28874 Not documented
28876 \(fn)" nil nil)
28878 ;;;***
28880 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19598
28881 ;;;;;; 13691))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28884 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28885 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28886 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28887 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28888 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28889 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28890 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28891 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28893 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28894 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28895 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28897 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28898 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28899 resumed later.
28901 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28903 ;;;***
28905 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28906 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28909 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28910 Not documented
28912 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28914 ;;;***
28916 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28917 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19619 52030))
28918 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28919 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28920 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28921 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28923 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28924 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28925 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28926 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28927 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28928 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28929 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28931 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28933 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28934 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28935 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28936 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28938 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28940 \(fn)" t nil)
28942 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28943 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28944 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28945 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28946 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28947 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28948 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28950 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28951 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28953 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28954 \\___/\\
28955 / \\
28956 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28958 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28960 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28962 ;;;***
28964 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28965 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28966 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28967 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28968 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
28969 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28971 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28972 Toggle typing break mode.
28973 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28975 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28977 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28979 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28980 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28982 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28984 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28985 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28987 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28988 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28989 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28991 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28992 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28994 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28996 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28997 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28999 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29000 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29001 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29002 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29004 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29006 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29007 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29008 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29010 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29011 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29012 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29013 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29014 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29015 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29017 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29018 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29019 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29020 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29022 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29023 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29025 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29026 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29028 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29030 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29031 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29032 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29034 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29035 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29036 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29037 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29038 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29039 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29040 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29042 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29043 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29045 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29046 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29047 reset the keystroke counter.
29049 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29050 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29051 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29052 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29054 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29055 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29056 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29057 `type-break-schedule' command.
29059 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29060 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29061 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29062 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29063 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29064 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29065 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29066 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29067 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29069 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29070 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29071 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29072 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29073 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29075 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29076 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29077 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29078 approximate good values for this.
29080 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29081 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29083 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29084 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29085 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29086 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29087 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29088 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29090 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29091 a typing break occur. They include:
29093 `type-break-query-mode'
29094 `type-break-query-function'
29095 `type-break-query-interval'
29097 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29099 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29100 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29101 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29102 problems.
29104 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29106 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29107 Take a typing break.
29109 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29110 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29112 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29113 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29115 \(fn)" t nil)
29117 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29118 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29119 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29120 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29122 \(fn)" t nil)
29124 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29125 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29127 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29128 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29129 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29130 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29131 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29132 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29133 average typing speed.)
29135 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29136 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29137 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29138 the computed maximum threshold.
29140 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29141 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29142 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29143 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29144 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29146 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29148 ;;;***
29150 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19562 42953))
29151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29153 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29154 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29155 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29156 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29157 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29159 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29161 ;;;***
29163 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29164 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29165 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29166 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29167 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29168 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19619 52030))
29169 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29171 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29172 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29174 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29176 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29177 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29179 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29181 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29182 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29186 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29187 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29189 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29191 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29192 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29194 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29196 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29197 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29199 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29201 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29202 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29204 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29206 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29207 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29209 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29211 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29212 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29214 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29216 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29217 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29219 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29221 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29222 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29224 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29226 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29227 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29229 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29231 ;;;***
29233 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29234 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19562 42953))
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29237 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29238 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29239 Works by overstriking underscores.
29240 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29241 which specify the range to operate on.
29243 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29245 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29246 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29247 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29248 which specify the range to operate on.
29250 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29252 ;;;***
29254 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29255 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29258 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29259 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29260 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29261 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29262 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29263 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29265 \(fn)" nil nil)
29267 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29268 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29270 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29272 ;;;***
29274 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19714
29275 ;;;;;; 43298))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29278 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29279 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29280 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29281 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29283 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29285 ;;;***
29287 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29288 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19640 47194))
29289 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29291 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29292 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29293 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29295 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29296 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29297 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29298 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29299 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29300 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29302 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29303 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29304 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29306 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29307 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29308 the callback is not called).
29310 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29311 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29312 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29313 take effect.
29315 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29317 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29319 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29320 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29321 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29322 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29323 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29325 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29327 ;;;***
29329 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29330 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19562 42953))
29331 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29333 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29334 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29335 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29337 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29338 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29339 `url-generic-parse-url'
29340 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29341 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29342 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29343 realm
29344 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29345 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29346 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29347 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29348 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29349 what type of auth to use
29350 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29351 if one cannot be found in the cache
29353 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29355 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29356 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29358 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29359 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29360 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29361 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29362 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29363 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29364 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29365 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29367 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29369 ;;;***
29371 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29372 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19640 47194))
29373 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29375 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29376 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29378 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29380 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29381 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29382 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29386 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29387 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29389 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29391 ;;;***
29393 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19562 42953))
29394 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29396 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29397 Not documented
29399 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29401 ;;;***
29403 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29404 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19591 62571))
29405 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29407 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29408 Not documented
29410 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29412 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29413 Not documented
29415 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29417 ;;;***
29419 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19714
29420 ;;;;;; 43298))
29421 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29423 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29424 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29426 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29428 ;;;***
29430 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29431 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19640 47194))
29432 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29434 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29435 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29437 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29439 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29440 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29441 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29442 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29443 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29445 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29447 ;;;***
29449 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29450 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29451 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29454 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29455 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29456 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29458 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29459 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29461 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29463 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29464 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29468 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29469 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29470 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29471 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29473 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29475 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29476 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29477 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29478 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29479 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29480 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29481 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29482 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29483 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29484 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29486 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29488 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29489 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29490 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29491 accessible.
29493 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29495 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29496 Not documented
29498 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29500 ;;;***
29502 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29503 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19640 47194))
29504 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29506 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29507 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29508 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29509 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29510 CBARGS as the arguments.
29512 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29514 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29515 Not documented
29517 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29519 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29521 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29522 Not documented
29524 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29526 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29527 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29528 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29530 Property list members:
29532 methods
29533 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29534 supports.
29537 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29538 supported.
29540 dasl
29541 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29543 ranges
29544 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29547 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29548 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29549 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29550 Emacs/W3.
29552 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29554 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29555 Default HTTPS port.")
29557 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29558 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29559 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29561 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29562 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29563 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29564 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29565 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29567 ;;;***
29569 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19598 13691))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29572 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29573 Not documented
29575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29577 ;;;***
29579 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19562
29580 ;;;;;; 42953))
29581 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29583 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29584 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29585 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29586 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29587 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29589 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29591 ;;;***
29593 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29594 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29595 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29597 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29598 Not documented
29600 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29602 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29603 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29607 ;;;***
29609 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29610 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19562 42953))
29611 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29613 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29614 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29618 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29619 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29621 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29623 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29624 Not documented
29626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29628 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29630 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29632 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29634 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29635 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29637 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29639 ;;;***
29641 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29642 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29643 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29645 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29646 Not documented
29648 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29650 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29651 Not documented
29653 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29655 ;;;***
29657 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29658 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29659 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29662 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29663 Not documented
29665 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29667 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29668 Not documented
29670 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29672 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29673 Not documented
29675 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29677 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29678 Not documented
29680 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29682 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29683 Not documented
29685 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29687 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29688 Not documented
29690 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29692 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29693 Not documented
29695 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29697 ;;;***
29699 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29700 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19640 47194))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29703 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29704 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29706 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29708 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29709 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29710 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29711 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29713 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29715 ;;;***
29717 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29718 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29719 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29721 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29722 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29724 \(fn)" t nil)
29726 ;;;***
29728 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29729 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29730 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29731 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29732 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29733 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29734 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19640 47194))
29735 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29737 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29738 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29739 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29741 If t, all messages will be logged.
29742 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29743 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29745 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29747 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29748 Not documented
29750 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29752 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29753 Not documented
29755 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29757 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29758 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29759 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29760 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29761 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29762 & ==> &amp;
29763 < ==> &lt;
29764 > ==> &gt;
29765 \" ==> &quot;
29767 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29769 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29770 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29771 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29773 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29775 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29776 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29777 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29779 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29781 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29782 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29784 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29786 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29787 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29789 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29791 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29792 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29794 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29796 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29797 Not documented
29799 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29801 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29802 Not documented
29804 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29806 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29807 Not documented
29809 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29811 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29813 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29814 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29816 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29818 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29819 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29821 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29823 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29824 Not documented
29826 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29828 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29829 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29830 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29831 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29832 forbidden in URL encoding.
29834 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29836 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29837 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29838 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29839 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29840 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29841 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29843 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29845 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29846 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29847 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29848 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29850 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29852 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29853 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29854 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29856 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29858 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29859 View the current document's URL.
29860 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29861 the minibuffer.
29863 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29865 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29867 ;;;***
29869 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29870 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19562 42953))
29871 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29873 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29874 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29875 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29876 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29877 to refrain from editing the file
29878 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29879 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29880 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29881 in any way you like.
29883 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29885 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29886 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29887 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29888 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29889 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29891 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29892 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29894 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29896 ;;;***
29898 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29899 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29900 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19562 42953))
29901 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29903 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29904 Not documented
29906 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29908 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29909 Not documented
29911 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29913 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29914 Not documented
29916 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29918 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29919 Not documented
29921 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29923 ;;;***
29925 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19619 52030))
29926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29928 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29929 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29931 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29933 ;;;***
29935 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29936 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29937 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
29938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29940 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29941 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29942 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29943 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29945 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29947 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29948 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29949 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29951 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29953 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29954 Uudecode region between START and END.
29955 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29957 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29959 ;;;***
29961 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29962 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29963 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29964 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29965 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29966 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29967 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19714 43298))
29968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29970 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29971 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29972 See `run-hooks'.")
29974 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29976 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29977 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29978 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29980 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29982 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29983 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29984 See `run-hooks'.")
29986 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29988 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29989 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29990 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29992 For locking systems:
29993 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29994 control.
29995 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29996 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29997 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29998 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29999 it performs a revert on that file.
30000 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30001 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30002 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30003 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30004 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30005 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30006 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30008 For merging systems:
30009 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30010 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30011 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30012 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30013 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30014 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30015 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30016 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30017 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30019 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30021 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30022 Register into a version control system.
30023 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30024 Otherwise register the current file.
30025 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30026 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30028 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30029 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30030 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30031 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30032 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30033 first backend that could register the file is used.
30035 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30037 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30038 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30040 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30042 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30043 Display diffs between file revisions.
30044 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30045 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30046 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30048 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30049 saving the buffer.
30051 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30053 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30054 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30055 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30056 fileset with the working revision.
30057 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30058 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30060 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30061 saving the buffer.
30063 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30065 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30066 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30067 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30068 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30070 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30072 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30073 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30074 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30075 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30077 \(fn)" t nil)
30079 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30080 Perform a version control merge operation.
30081 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30082 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30083 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30085 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30086 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30087 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30088 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30089 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30090 changes from the current branch.
30092 \(fn)" t nil)
30094 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30096 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30097 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30098 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30099 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30100 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30101 checked out in that new branch.
30103 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30105 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30106 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30107 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30108 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30109 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30110 allowed and simply skipped).
30112 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30114 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30115 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30116 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30117 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30118 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30120 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30121 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30123 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30125 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30126 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30127 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30128 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30129 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30131 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30133 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30134 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30135 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30137 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30139 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30140 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30141 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30143 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30145 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30146 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30147 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30148 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30150 \(fn)" t nil)
30152 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30153 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30154 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30155 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30157 \(fn)" t nil)
30159 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30161 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30162 Update the current fileset or branch.
30163 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30164 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30165 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30167 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30168 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30169 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30170 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30171 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30175 (defalias 'vc-pull 'vc-update)
30177 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30178 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30179 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30180 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30181 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30182 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30183 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30185 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30187 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30188 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30189 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30190 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30191 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30192 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30193 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30194 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30195 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30197 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30199 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30200 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30202 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30204 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30205 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30207 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30209 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30210 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30211 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30212 directory.
30214 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30216 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30217 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30218 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30220 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30221 log entries should be gathered.
30223 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30225 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30226 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30228 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30230 ;;;***
30232 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30233 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30234 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30236 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30237 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30239 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30240 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30241 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30242 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30243 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30244 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30246 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30247 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30248 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30249 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30250 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30251 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30252 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30253 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30255 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30257 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30259 Customization variables:
30261 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30262 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30263 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30264 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30266 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30268 ;;;***
30270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19714 43298))
30271 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30272 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30273 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30274 (progn
30275 (load "vc-arch")
30276 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30278 ;;;***
30280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19717 39999))
30281 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30283 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30284 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30286 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30287 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30288 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30289 (progn
30290 (load "vc-bzr")
30291 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30293 ;;;***
30295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19714 43298))
30296 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30297 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30298 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30299 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30300 (load "vc-cvs")
30301 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30303 ;;;***
30305 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19714 43298))
30306 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30308 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30309 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30310 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30311 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30312 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30314 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30315 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30316 The file lines appear later.
30318 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30319 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30321 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30323 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30325 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30327 ;;;***
30329 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30330 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30331 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30333 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30334 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30335 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30336 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30337 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30338 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30339 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30340 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30341 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30342 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30343 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30344 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30345 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30346 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30347 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30349 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30351 ;;;***
30353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19598 13691))
30354 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30355 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30356 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30357 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30358 (progn
30359 (load "vc-git")
30360 (vc-git-registered file))))
30362 ;;;***
30364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19714 43298))
30365 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30366 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30367 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30368 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30369 (progn
30370 (load "vc-hg")
30371 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30373 ;;;***
30375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19714 43298))
30376 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30378 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30380 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30381 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30382 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30383 (progn
30384 (load "vc-mtn")
30385 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30387 ;;;***
30389 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30390 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
30391 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30393 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30394 Where to look for RCS master files.
30395 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30397 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30399 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30401 ;;;***
30403 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30404 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
30405 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30407 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30408 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30409 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30411 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30412 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30414 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30415 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30416 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30417 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30419 ;;;***
30421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19640 47194))
30422 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30423 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30424 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30425 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30426 "_svn")
30427 (t ".svn"))))
30428 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30429 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30430 (file-name-directory f)))
30431 (load "vc-svn")
30432 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30434 ;;;***
30436 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30437 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
30438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30439 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30441 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30442 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30444 Usage:
30445 ------
30447 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30448 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30449 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30450 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30452 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30453 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30454 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30455 completions.
30457 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30458 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30460 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30461 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30463 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30464 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30465 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30467 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30470 Maintenance:
30471 ------------
30473 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30474 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30476 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30478 Official distribution is at
30479 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30482 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30483 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30485 Key bindings:
30486 -------------
30488 \\{vera-mode-map}
30490 \(fn)" t nil)
30492 ;;;***
30494 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30495 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
30496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30498 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30499 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30500 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30501 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30502 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30504 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30506 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30507 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30509 Supports highlighting.
30511 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30512 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30514 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30516 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30517 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30518 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30519 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30520 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30521 on the left side of your screen.
30522 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30523 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30524 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30525 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30526 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30527 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30528 function keyword.
30529 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30530 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30531 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30532 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30533 if (a)
30534 begin
30535 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30536 Indentation for case statements.
30537 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30538 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30539 mark after an end.
30540 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30541 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30542 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30543 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30544 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30545 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30546 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30547 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30548 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30549 if (a)
30550 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30551 otherwise you get:
30552 if (a)
30553 begin
30554 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30555 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30556 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30557 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30558 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30559 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30560 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30561 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30562 comments in tight quarters.
30563 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30564 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30566 Variables controlling other actions:
30568 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30569 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30570 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30572 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30574 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30576 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30577 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30578 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30580 Some other functions are:
30582 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30583 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30584 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30585 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30586 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30588 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30589 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30590 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30591 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30593 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30594 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30595 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30596 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30597 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30598 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30599 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30600 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30601 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30602 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30603 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30604 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30605 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30606 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30607 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30608 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30609 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30610 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30611 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30612 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30613 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30614 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30615 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30616 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30617 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30618 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30619 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30620 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30622 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30623 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30625 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30627 \(fn)" t nil)
30629 ;;;***
30631 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30632 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
30633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30635 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30636 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30638 Usage:
30639 ------
30641 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30642 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30643 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30644 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30645 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30646 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30647 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30648 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30649 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30651 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30652 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30653 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30654 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30656 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30657 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30658 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30659 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30660 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30662 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30663 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30666 HEADER INSERTION:
30667 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30668 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30669 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30672 STUTTERING:
30673 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30674 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30675 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30676 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30678 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30679 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30680 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30681 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30682 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30685 WORD COMPLETION:
30686 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30687 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30688 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30689 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30691 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30692 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30693 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30694 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30695 beginning with \"std\").
30697 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30698 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30699 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30700 stop.
30703 COMMENTS:
30704 `--' puts a single comment.
30705 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30706 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30707 with a comment in between.
30708 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30709 out following lines.
30710 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30711 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30713 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30714 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30715 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30716 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30717 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30718 non-nil.
30720 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30721 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30722 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30723 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30724 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30725 multi-line comments.
30728 INDENTATION:
30729 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30730 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30731 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30732 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30734 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30735 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30736 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30737 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30739 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30740 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30741 and vice versa.
30743 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30744 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30747 ALIGNMENT:
30748 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30749 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30750 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30751 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30752 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30753 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30754 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30755 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30757 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30758 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30759 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30760 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30761 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30762 is non-nil.
30764 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30765 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30766 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30768 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30769 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30772 CODE FILLING:
30773 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30774 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30775 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30776 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30777 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30778 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30781 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30782 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30783 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30784 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30785 command:
30787 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30790 PORT TRANSLATION:
30791 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30792 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30793 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30794 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30795 internal signal initializations (menu).
30797 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30798 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30799 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30801 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30802 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30803 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30804 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30805 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30806 in subsequent paste operations.)
30808 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30809 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30810 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30813 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30814 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30815 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30816 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30817 association list with formals).
30820 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30821 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30822 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30823 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30824 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30825 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30826 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30827 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30828 `vhdl-testbench'.
30831 KEY BINDINGS:
30832 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30835 VHDL MENU:
30836 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30839 FILE BROWSER:
30840 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30841 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30842 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30844 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30845 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30848 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30849 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30850 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30851 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30853 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30854 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30855 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30857 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30858 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30859 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30860 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30862 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30863 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30864 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30865 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30866 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30868 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30869 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30870 required by secondary units.
30873 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30874 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30875 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30876 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30877 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30878 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30879 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30880 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30881 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30882 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30883 inputs to this component -> input port created
30884 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30885 outputs from this component -> output port created
30886 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30887 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30889 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30890 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30891 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30892 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30893 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30895 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30896 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30898 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30899 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30900 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30901 component instantiation is also supported (option
30902 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30904 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30905 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30906 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30907 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30908 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30909 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30910 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30911 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30912 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30913 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30914 | generating the configuration.
30916 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30917 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30918 | configurations in speedbar.
30920 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30923 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30924 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30925 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30926 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30927 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30928 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30929 information. New compilers can be added.
30931 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30932 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30935 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30936 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30937 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30938 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30939 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30941 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30942 command:
30944 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30945 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30946 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30948 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30949 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30950 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30951 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30952 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30953 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30954 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30956 Limitations:
30957 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30958 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30959 not (yet) supported.
30960 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30961 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30962 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30965 PROJECTS:
30966 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30967 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30968 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30969 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30970 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30971 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30972 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30973 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30975 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30976 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30977 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30978 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30979 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30980 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30981 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30982 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30983 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30984 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30985 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30988 SPECIAL MENUES:
30989 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30990 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30991 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30992 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30993 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30994 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30995 current directory for VHDL source files.
30998 VHDL STANDARDS:
30999 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31000 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31003 KEYWORD CASE:
31004 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31005 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31006 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31007 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31008 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31009 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31010 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31011 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31014 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31015 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31016 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31017 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31018 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31019 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31020 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31022 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31023 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31024 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31025 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31026 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31027 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31029 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31030 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31031 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31032 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31033 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31034 visually.
31036 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31037 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31038 highlighted if written in lower case.
31040 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31041 highlighted using a different background color if option
31042 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31044 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31045 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31046 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31047 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31048 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31051 USER MODELS:
31052 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31053 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31054 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31057 HIDE/SHOW:
31058 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31059 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31060 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31061 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31062 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31065 CODE UPDATING:
31066 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31067 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31068 Limitations:
31069 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31070 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31071 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31072 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31073 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31074 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31075 (used to obtain the port names).
31078 CODE FIXING:
31079 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31080 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31083 PRINTING:
31084 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31085 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31086 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31087 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31088 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31089 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31090 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31091 printers.
31094 OPTIONS:
31095 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31096 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31097 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31098 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31099 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31101 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31102 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31103 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31104 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31105 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31106 INSTALL file).
31108 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31109 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31112 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31113 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31114 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31115 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31117 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31120 HINTS:
31121 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31122 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31124 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31126 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31128 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31131 RELEASE NOTES:
31132 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31135 Maintenance:
31136 ------------
31138 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31139 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31141 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31143 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31144 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31145 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31146 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31148 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31149 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31150 where the latest version can be found.
31153 Known problems:
31154 ---------------
31156 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31157 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31158 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31161 The VHDL Mode Authors
31162 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31164 Key bindings:
31165 -------------
31167 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31169 \(fn)" t nil)
31171 ;;;***
31173 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19562 42953))
31174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31176 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31177 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31178 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31179 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31181 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31182 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31183 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31184 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31185 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31187 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31188 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31190 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31192 * Limitations and unsupported features
31193 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31194 not supported.
31195 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31196 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31198 * Modifications
31199 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31200 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31201 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31202 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31203 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31204 for undoing a repeated change command.
31205 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31206 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31207 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31209 * Extensions
31210 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31211 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31212 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31213 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31214 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31215 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31216 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31217 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31219 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31221 \(fn)" t nil)
31223 ;;;***
31225 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31226 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31227 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31228 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19562 42953))
31229 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31231 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31232 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31234 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31236 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31237 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31238 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31239 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31241 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31243 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31244 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31246 \(fn)" t nil)
31248 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31249 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31250 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31251 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31255 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31256 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31258 \(fn)" t nil)
31260 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31261 Not documented
31263 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31265 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31266 Not documented
31268 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31270 ;;;***
31272 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31273 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31274 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31275 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31276 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19562 42953))
31277 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31279 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31280 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31281 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31283 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31285 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31286 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31287 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31288 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31290 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31292 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31293 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31295 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31297 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31298 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31299 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31300 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31301 moving around in the buffer.
31302 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31303 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31305 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31307 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31309 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31310 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31311 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31312 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31314 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31315 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31316 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31317 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31318 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31320 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31322 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31324 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31325 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31326 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31327 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31328 buffer.
31330 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31331 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31332 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31333 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31334 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31336 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31338 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31340 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31341 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31342 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31343 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31344 moving around in the buffer.
31345 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31346 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31348 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31350 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31351 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31352 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31354 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31355 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31356 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31357 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31359 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31361 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31362 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31363 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31364 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31365 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31366 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31367 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31368 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31370 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31372 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31373 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31374 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31376 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31378 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31379 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31380 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31381 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31382 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31383 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31384 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31385 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31387 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31389 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31390 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31391 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31393 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31395 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31396 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31397 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31398 turn it off.
31400 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31401 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31402 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31403 read-only.
31404 \\<view-mode-map>
31405 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31406 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31407 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31408 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31409 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31411 H, h, ? This message.
31412 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31413 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31414 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31415 > move to the end of buffer.
31416 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31417 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31418 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31419 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31420 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31421 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31422 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31423 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31424 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31425 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31426 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31427 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31428 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31429 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31430 Use this to view a changing file.
31431 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31432 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31433 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31434 . set the mark.
31435 x exchanges point and mark.
31436 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31437 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31438 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31439 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31440 ' go to position saved in character register.
31441 s do forward incremental search.
31442 r do reverse incremental search.
31443 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31444 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31445 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31446 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31447 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31448 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31449 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31450 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31451 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31452 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31453 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31454 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31455 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31456 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31457 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31458 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31459 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31461 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31462 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31463 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31464 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31465 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31466 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31467 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31468 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31469 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31471 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31475 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31476 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31477 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31478 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31479 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31480 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31481 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31482 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31483 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31485 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31487 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31488 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31489 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31490 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31491 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31492 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31493 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31495 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31496 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31497 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31498 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31499 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31500 1) nil Do nothing.
31501 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31502 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31503 frame.
31504 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31505 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31506 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31507 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31509 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31511 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31513 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31515 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31516 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31518 \(fn)" t nil)
31520 ;;;***
31522 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19619
31523 ;;;;;; 52030))
31524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31526 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31527 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31529 \(fn)" nil nil)
31531 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31532 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31534 \(fn)" t nil)
31536 ;;;***
31538 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31539 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
31540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31542 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31543 Toggle Viper on/off.
31544 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31546 \(fn)" t nil)
31548 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31549 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31551 \(fn)" t nil)
31553 ;;;***
31555 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31556 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
31557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31559 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31560 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31561 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31562 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31563 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31564 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31565 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31566 the beginning of the warning.")
31568 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31569 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31570 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31571 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31572 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31573 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31574 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31575 also call that function before the next warning.")
31577 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31578 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31580 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31581 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31582 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31583 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31585 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31586 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31587 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31588 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31589 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31590 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31592 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31593 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31594 Default is :warning.
31596 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31597 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31598 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31599 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31600 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31601 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31603 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31604 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31605 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31607 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31609 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31610 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31612 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31614 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31615 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31616 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31617 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31619 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31620 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31621 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31622 can be whatever you like.)
31624 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31625 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31627 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31628 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31629 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31630 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31631 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31633 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31635 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31636 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31637 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31638 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31639 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31641 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31643 ;;;***
31645 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31646 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
31647 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31649 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31650 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31651 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31652 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31653 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31654 in disk.
31656 See `wdired-mode'.
31658 \(fn)" t nil)
31660 ;;;***
31662 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19562 42953))
31663 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31665 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31666 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31668 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31669 hotlist.
31671 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31672 <nwv@acm.org>.
31674 \(fn)" t nil)
31676 ;;;***
31678 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31679 ;;;;;; (19714 43298))
31680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31681 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31682 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31684 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31686 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31687 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31688 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31690 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31691 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31693 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31695 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31696 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31697 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31698 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31700 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31701 and off otherwise.
31703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31705 ;;;***
31707 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31708 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31709 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31710 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19714 43298))
31711 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31713 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31714 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31716 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31717 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31718 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31720 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31721 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31725 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31726 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31728 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31729 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31730 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31732 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31733 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31734 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31735 use `whitespace-mode'.
31737 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31741 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31742 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31743 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31746 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31748 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31750 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31751 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31753 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31754 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31755 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31757 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31758 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31762 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31763 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31764 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31767 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31769 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31771 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31772 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31774 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31775 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31776 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31778 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31779 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31780 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31781 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31783 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31787 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31788 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31790 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31791 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31793 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31794 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31796 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31798 CHAR MEANING
31799 (VIA FACES)
31800 f toggle face visualization
31801 t toggle TAB visualization
31802 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31803 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31804 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31805 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31806 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31807 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31808 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31809 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31810 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31811 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31812 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31813 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31814 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31815 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31816 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31818 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31819 T toggle TAB visualization
31820 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31821 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31823 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31824 ? display brief help
31826 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31827 The valid symbols are:
31829 face toggle face visualization
31830 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31831 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31832 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31833 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31834 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31835 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31836 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31837 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31838 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31839 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31840 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31841 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31842 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31843 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31844 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31845 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31847 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31848 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31849 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31851 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31853 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31855 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31857 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31858 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31860 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31861 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31863 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31864 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31866 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31868 CHAR MEANING
31869 (VIA FACES)
31870 f toggle face visualization
31871 t toggle TAB visualization
31872 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31873 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31874 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31875 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31876 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31877 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31878 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31879 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31880 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31881 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31882 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31883 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31884 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31885 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31886 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31888 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31889 T toggle TAB visualization
31890 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31891 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31893 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31894 ? display brief help
31896 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31897 The valid symbols are:
31899 face toggle face visualization
31900 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31901 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31902 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31903 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31904 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31905 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31906 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31907 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31908 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31909 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31910 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31911 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31912 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31913 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31914 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31915 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31917 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31918 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31919 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31921 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31923 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31925 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31927 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31928 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31930 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31931 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31932 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31933 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31934 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31936 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31938 The problems cleaned up are:
31940 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31941 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31943 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31945 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31946 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31947 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31948 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31949 SPACEs.
31950 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31951 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31952 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31953 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31955 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31957 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31958 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31959 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31960 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31962 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31964 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31965 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31966 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31968 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31969 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31970 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31971 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31972 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31973 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31974 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31975 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31977 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31978 documentation.
31980 \(fn)" t nil)
31982 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31983 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31985 The problems cleaned up are:
31987 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31988 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31989 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31990 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31991 SPACEs.
31992 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31993 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31994 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31995 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31997 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31998 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31999 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32000 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32001 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32002 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32004 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32006 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32007 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32008 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32010 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32011 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32012 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32013 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32014 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32015 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32016 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32017 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32019 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32020 documentation.
32022 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32024 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32025 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32027 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32028 non-nil.
32030 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32031 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32032 `whitespace-style' to have:
32034 empty
32035 trailing
32036 indentation
32037 space-before-tab
32038 space-after-tab
32040 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32041 whitespace problems in buffer.
32043 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32045 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32046 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32047 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32048 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32049 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32050 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32051 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32053 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32054 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32055 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32056 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32057 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32058 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32059 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32061 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32062 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32063 cleaning up these problems.
32065 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32067 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32068 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32070 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32071 non-nil.
32073 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32074 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32075 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32077 empty
32078 indentation
32079 space-before-tab
32080 trailing
32081 space-after-tab
32083 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32084 whitespace problems in buffer.
32086 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32088 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32089 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32090 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32091 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32092 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32093 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32094 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32096 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32097 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32098 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32099 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32100 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32101 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32102 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32104 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32105 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32106 cleaning up these problems.
32108 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32110 ;;;***
32112 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32113 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19598 13691))
32114 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32116 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32117 Browse the widget under point.
32119 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32121 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32122 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32124 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32126 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32127 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32129 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32131 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32132 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32133 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32137 ;;;***
32139 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32140 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19714
32141 ;;;;;; 43298))
32142 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32144 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32145 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32147 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32149 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32150 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32151 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32153 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32155 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32156 Create widget of TYPE.
32157 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32159 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32161 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32162 Delete WIDGET.
32164 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32166 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32167 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32169 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32171 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32172 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32173 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32174 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32176 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32177 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32179 \(fn)" nil nil)
32181 ;;;***
32183 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32184 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19562
32185 ;;;;;; 42953))
32186 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32188 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32189 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32190 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32191 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32192 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32193 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32194 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32198 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32199 Select the window above the current one.
32200 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32201 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32202 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32203 negative ARG) of the current window.
32204 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32208 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32209 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32210 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32211 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32212 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32213 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32214 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32218 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32219 Select the window below the current one.
32220 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32221 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32222 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32223 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32224 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32228 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32229 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32230 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32231 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32233 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32235 ;;;***
32237 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32238 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
32239 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32241 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32242 Toggle Winner mode.
32243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32244 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32246 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32248 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32249 Toggle Winner mode.
32250 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32254 ;;;***
32256 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32257 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19714 43298))
32258 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32260 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32261 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32262 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32263 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32264 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32266 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32268 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32269 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32270 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32271 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32272 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32273 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32274 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32275 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32277 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32278 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32280 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32282 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32283 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32285 \(fn)" t nil)
32287 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32288 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32289 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32290 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32291 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32292 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32293 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32294 `woman' command for further details.
32296 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32298 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32299 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32301 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32303 ;;;***
32305 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32306 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
32307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32309 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32310 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32312 BUGS:
32313 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32314 are not implemented
32315 - Options for search and replace
32316 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32317 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32319 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32320 Emacs-like.
32322 The key bindings are:
32324 C-a backward-word
32325 C-b fill-paragraph
32326 C-c scroll-up-line
32327 C-d forward-char
32328 C-e previous-line
32329 C-f forward-word
32330 C-g delete-char
32331 C-h backward-char
32332 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32333 C-j help-for-help
32334 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32335 C-l ws-repeat-search
32336 C-n open-line
32337 C-p quoted-insert
32338 C-r scroll-down-line
32339 C-s backward-char
32340 C-t kill-word
32341 C-u keyboard-quit
32342 C-v overwrite-mode
32343 C-w scroll-down
32344 C-x next-line
32345 C-y kill-complete-line
32346 C-z scroll-up
32348 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32349 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32350 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32351 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32352 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32353 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32354 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32355 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32356 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32357 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32358 C-k b ws-begin-block
32359 C-k c ws-copy-block
32360 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32361 C-k f find-file
32362 C-k h ws-show-markers
32363 C-k i ws-indent-block
32364 C-k k ws-end-block
32365 C-k p ws-print-block
32366 C-k q kill-emacs
32367 C-k r insert-file
32368 C-k s save-some-buffers
32369 C-k t ws-mark-word
32370 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32371 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32372 C-k v ws-move-block
32373 C-k w ws-write-block
32374 C-k x kill-emacs
32375 C-k y ws-delete-block
32377 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32378 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32379 C-o j justify-current-line
32380 C-o k kill-buffer
32381 C-o l list-buffers
32382 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32383 C-o r set-fill-column
32384 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32385 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32386 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32387 C-o wo other-window
32388 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32390 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32391 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32392 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32393 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32394 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32395 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32396 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32397 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32398 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32399 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32400 C-q a ws-query-replace
32401 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32402 C-q c end-of-buffer
32403 C-q d end-of-line
32404 C-q f ws-search
32405 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32406 C-q l ws-undo
32407 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32408 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32409 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32410 C-q w ws-last-error
32411 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32412 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32414 \(fn)" t nil)
32416 ;;;***
32418 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19562 42953))
32419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32421 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32422 Perform an interactive search.
32423 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32424 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32425 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32426 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32428 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32429 Example:
32431 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32433 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32435 ;;;***
32437 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32438 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
32439 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32441 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32442 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32443 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32444 Returns the top node with all its children.
32445 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32446 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32448 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32450 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32451 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32452 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32453 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32454 is not well-formed XML.
32455 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32456 and returned as the first element of the list.
32457 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32459 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32461 ;;;***
32463 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32464 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19562 42953))
32465 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32467 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32468 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32469 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32470 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32471 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32472 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32473 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32474 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32475 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32476 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32478 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32480 ;;;***
32482 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19562
32483 ;;;;;; 42953))
32484 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32486 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32487 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32488 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32491 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32493 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32495 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32496 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32497 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32498 it off.
32500 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32501 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32502 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32503 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32504 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32505 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32509 ;;;***
32511 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32512 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19598 13691))
32513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32515 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32516 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32518 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32520 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32521 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32523 \(fn)" nil nil)
32525 ;;;***
32527 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32528 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19562 42953))
32529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32531 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32532 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32534 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32536 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32537 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32539 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32541 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32542 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32543 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32545 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32547 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32548 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32550 \(fn)" t nil)
32552 ;;;***
32554 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19562 42953))
32555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32557 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32558 Zone out, completely.
32560 \(fn)" t nil)
32562 ;;;***
32564 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-lexbind.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "gnus/color.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-complete.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32748 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32749 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32750 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32751 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32752 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32753 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32754 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32755 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32756 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32757 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32758 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32759 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32760 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32761 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32762 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32763 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32764 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32765 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
32766 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19737 18184 637096))
32768 ;;;***
32770 (provide 'loaddefs)
32771 ;; Local Variables:
32772 ;; version-control: never
32773 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32774 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32775 ;; coding: utf-8
32776 ;; End:
32777 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here